Dräger Medical Resuscitaire RW82 Technical & Service Manual

Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer

Products

WARNING:

For a full understanding of the performance characteristics of this equipment, the user should carefully read this manual before operating.

<e]j_]f[qÛ:Yj]ÛÛG]jagh]jYlan]Û:Yj]ÛÛ:jala[YdÛ:Yj]ÛÛG]jafYlYdÛ:Yj]ÛÛ?ge]Û:Yj]

Models WBR82, RW82, and

WMRW82

Technical Service Manual

9][Ymk]ÛqgmÛ[Yj]

iv

Proprietary and Confidential Draft 8 Sep 05

Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer

Products Service Manual

Revisions

Revision Letter

Original Issue

Revision 2

Pages Affected Date

December, 2004

August, 2005

82 990 45 (MU16506)

Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products Service Manual (82 990 45) Page i


Revisions

© 2005 by Draeger Infant Medical Care, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

No part of this text shall be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any information or retrieval system without written permission from Draeger

Infant Medical Care, Inc.

Second Edition

First Printing 2004

Printed in the USA

Air-Shields® is a registered trademark of Draeger Infant Medical Care, Inc.

AMP® is a registered trademark of The Whitaker Corporation.

AutoBreath™ is a trademark of Draeger Infant Medical Care, Inc.

Bio-Tek® is a registered trademark of Bio-Tek Instruments, Inc.

Canoe™ is a trademark of Illinois Tool Works, Inc.

Care-For-Me™ Cover is a trademark of Draeger Infant Medical Care, Inc.

Critter Covers® is a registered trademark of Draeger Infant Medical Care, Inc.

CSA® is a registered trademark of Canadian Standards Association.

Fluke® is a registered trademark of Fluke Corporation.

Linde® is a registered trademark of Union Carbide Corporation.

Loctite® is a registered trademark of Loctite Corporation.

Nylatch® is a registered trademark of Hartwell Corporation.

Nylok® is a registered trademark of Nylok Fastener Corporation.

Resuscitaire® is a registered trademark of Draeger Infant Medical Care, Inc.

RM2001™ is a trademark of Draeger Infant Medical Care, Inc.

Teflon® is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.

Page ii Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products Service Manual (82 990 45)


Revisions

The information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice.

Dräger Medical makes no commitment to update or keep current, the information contained in this manual.

The only product warranty intended by Dräger Medical is the express, written warranty accompanying the bill of sale to the original purchaser. Dräger

Medical makes no other warranty, express or implied, and in particular, makes no warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.

The information in this manual is confidential and may not be disclosed to third parties without the prior written consent of Dräger Medical.

To order additional copies of this manual, call Technical Support, and place a parts order for part number 82 990 45 (MU16506).

Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products Service Manual (82 990 45) Page iii


Revisions

NOTES:

Page iv Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products Service Manual (82 990 45)


Table of Contents

Chapter 1: Introduction

Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1

Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1

Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1

Chapter 1: Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1

Chapter 2: Troubleshooting Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1

Chapter 3: Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1

Chapter 4: Removal and Replacement Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 2

Chapter 5: Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 2

Chapter 6: Calibration and Maintenance Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 2

Chapter 7: Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 2

Document Symbol Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 3

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 4

Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 4

Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 7

Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 7

Warmer Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 7

Cart/Bassinet (Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer (WBR82) and

Cart Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 8

Bassinet (Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer (RW82) Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 8

Controller Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 9

Blender Module (Factory-Installed Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 10

Resuscitation Module (Factory-Installed Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 10

RM2001™ Gas Delivery Module without AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 10

Resuscitation Module without AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator . . . . . . 1 - 13

Resuscitation Module with AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator (not available in the U.S.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 17

Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products Service Manual (82 990 45) Page v


Table of Contents

Suction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 20

Gas Supply Module (Optional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 23

Apgar Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 24

Weigh Scale (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 24

Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 25

High Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 25

Check Patient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 25

Probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 25

Baby Skin Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 26

Power Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 26

System Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 26

Blender Module Differential Bypass Alarm (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 26

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 27

Physical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 27

Electrical Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 29

Alarm Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 30

Resuscitation Modules Specifications (Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer

(WBR82) and Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer (RW82) Only) . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 31

AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 33

Suction Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 34

Regulations, Standards, and Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 35

Device Classification (EN 60601 Medical Electrical Equipment Part I:

General Requirements for Safety) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 36

Model Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 36

Safety Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 38

Warning and Caution Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 39

Chapter 2: Troubleshooting Procedures

Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1

Initial Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 2

Function Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 2

Controller Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 3

Page vi Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products Service Manual (82 990 45)


Table of Contents

Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 8

Resuscitation Equipment (Optional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 14

Supply Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 14

Blended Gas Supply (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 15

Suction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 16

Final Actions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 21

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 22

Off-Line Diagnostic Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 27

Diagnostic Test #1—Software Level Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 29

Diagnostic Test #2—ROM Device Checksum Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 31

Diagnostic Test #3—Power Fail Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 33

Diagnostic Test #4—Key Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 35

Diagnostic Test #5—Heater Duty Cycle Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 38

Diagnostic Test #6—Heater/Relays AC Line Voltage Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 41

Diagnostic Test #7—EEPROM Status Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 46

Diagnostic Test #8—Unit Configuration Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 48

Diagnostic Test #9—ADC Offset/Gain Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 50

Diagnostic Test #10—Ambient Temperature Probe Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 52

Diagnostic Test #11—Skin Probe Temperature Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 54

Diagnostic Test #12—Skin Probe Display Temperature Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 56

Diagnostic Test #13—Logic Voltage Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 58

Diagnostic Test #14—Supercap Voltage Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 60

Diagnostic Test #15—Watchdog Timer Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 62

Diagnostic Test #16—Speaker Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 64

Diagnostic Test #17—Back-Up Audio Annunciation Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 68

Diagnostic Test #18—Error Log Display and Clear (Units with Firmware

Version 1.05 and Higher Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 70

System Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 71

Heater Does Not Turn On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 76

Pre-Warm Mode Is Not Activated Upon a Reset of the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 78

Heater Is On, but Indicators Are Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 79

Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products Service Manual (82 990 45) Page vii


Table of Contents

Suction Does Not Obtain Desired Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 80

Blender Module Oxygen Concentration Reading Does Not Match Blender

Module Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 82

Blender Module Sets Off Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 83

Blender Module Output Mixture Is Out of Specified Range of 20.8% to 100% . 2 - 83

Patient Gas Supply Measured Flow Is Out of Specified Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 83

Patient Gas Supply Pressure Relief Gauge Exceeds 60 cm H

2

O ± 20 cm H

2

O . . 2 - 85

AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator Inhalation/Exhalation (I/E) Ratio Is Out of Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 85

AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator Measured Breaths-Per-Minute (BPM) Is Out of Specified Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 85

Chapter 3: Theory of Operation

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1

Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1

Display P.C. Board (PCB1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1

Power and Control P.C. Board (PCB2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 2

Power Supply Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 3

Control Circuitry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 4

System Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 5

System Fail Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 5

Power Fail Logic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 5

Probe Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 6

Pneumatic System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 6

Gas Supply Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 8

Resuscitation Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 10

Blender Module (Optional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 12

Hardware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 12

Heating Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 13

Examination Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 13

Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 13

Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 13

Page viii Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products Service Manual (82 990 45)


Table of Contents

Pneumatic System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 13

Chapter 4: Removal and Replacement

Tool and Supply Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1

Upper Post Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 4

Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 4

Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 5

Controller Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 6

Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 6

Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 7

Blender Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 8

Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 8

Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 10

Resuscitation Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 12

Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 12

Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 14

Gas Supply Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 16

Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 16

Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 18

Oxygen or Air Yoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 20

Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 20

Unit Equipped with Oxygen and Air Yokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 24

Unit Equipped with Two Oxygen Yokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 24

Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 25

Quartz Heater Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 26

Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 26

Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 28

Heater Grill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 31

Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 31

Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 33

Warmer Head Top Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 35

Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 35

Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products Service Manual (82 990 45) Page ix


Table of Contents

Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 36

Controller Module Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 37

Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 37

Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 39

Chapter 5: Parts List

Service Parts Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1

Recommended Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 4

Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer without Resuscitation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 6

Upper Post Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer (Models without Resuscitation Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 10

Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer with Resuscitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 12

Upper Post Assembly (Units with Resuscitation Only) for the Resuscitaire®

Radiant Warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 18

Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer—82 3E2 70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 22

Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer—82 1A1 70 and 82 1B1 70 . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 26

Wall Mounted Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Assembly—82 000 70/80 . . . . . 5 - 30

Cart Assembly (Bassinet) for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer. . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 34

Cart Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer—82 005 50,

82 005 50NOK, and 82 005 50TLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 38

Cart Base Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Birthing Room

Warmer—81 005 75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 40

Bassinet Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 42

Front, Side, and Rear Panel Assemblies for the Resuscitaire® Birthing Room

Warmer Bassinet Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 46

Variable Height Adjustable Cart Base and Column Assembly for the

Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 48

Resuscitation Variable Height Adjustable Cart, 240V Base and Column

Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer (for the U.K.). . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 52

Variable Height Adjustable Cart Assembly, without Resuscitation, for the

Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 56

Resuscitation Variable Height Adjustable Cart Assembly, 120V/220V/240V for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 60

Variable Height Adjustable Cart, 120V/240V Base and Column Assembly

(Models with Variable Tilt Bassinet) for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer . . . 5 - 64

Page x Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products Service Manual (82 990 45)


Table of Contents

Resuscitation Variable Height Adjustable Cart Assembly, 120V/240V for the

Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer (Models with Variable Tilt Bassinet) . . . . . . . . 5 - 68

Variable Height Adjustable Cart Assembly, 120V/240V with Variable Tilt

Bassinet for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 72

Bassinet Subassembly for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 76

Warmer Head Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 78

Heater Subassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 82

Controller Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 84

Blender—81 600 80 and Blender Blank—81 600 70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 88

RM2001™ Gas Delivery Module Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 90

Resuscitation Module Assembly (Models without AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 91

Resuscitation Module Assembly (Models with AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 92

Oxygen Pipeline with Oxygen Cylinder (Pin-Index) Gas Supply Module—

Diameter Index Safety System (DISS), Non-Interchangeable Screw Thread

(NIST), and Low-Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 94

Gas Supply Module with Oxygen Reserve, Deutsche Industrie Norm (DIN)

Cylinder Fittings—White Hose or Green Hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 98

Oxygen/Air Pipeline with Pin-Indexed Oxygen/Air Cylinder Gas Supply

Module—Diameter Index Safety System (DISS), Non-Interchangeable Screw thread

(NIST), and Low-Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 102

Gas Supply Module with Oxygen/Air Reserves and Deutsche Industrie Norm

(DIN) Cylinder Fittings—Blue/Green and Yellow Hoses or Blue/White and

Black Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 106

Gas Supply Module with Ente Nationale Italiano di Unificazione (UNI)

Cylinder Fittings, Oxygen Reserve, and White Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 110

Gas Supply Module with Oxygen/Air Reserve, Ente Nationale Italiano di

Unificazione (UNI) Cylinder Fittings, and White/Black Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 114

Display P.C. Board (PCB 1) Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 118

Power and Control P.C. Board (PCB 2) Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 119

Chapter 6: Calibration and Maintenance Procedures

Calibrating the Resuscitation Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1

Calibrating the Oxygen and Air Regulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 2

Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products Service Manual (82 990 45) Page xi


Table of Contents

Calibrating the Auxiliary Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 2

Adjusting the Pressure Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 2

Adjusting the Auxiliary Flow and Flow Valve to Zero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 3

Adjusting the Auxiliary Flow Relief Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 4

Calibrating the Suction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 4

Adjusting the Suction Valve to Zero Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 4

Adjusting the Maximum Suction Relief Gauge for Accuracy and to Zero 6 - 5

Calibrating the Patient Gas Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 6

Adjusting the Pressure Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 6

Assessing the Accuracy of the Airway Pressure Gauge and Adjusting

Airway Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 7

Adjusting the Airway Pressure Valve to Zero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 8

Checking Zero on the Airway Pressure Gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 9

Adjusting the Patient Flow and Airway Flow Valve to Zero (Model with Blender Module Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 9

Adjusting the Patient Airway Relief Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 11

Calibrating the AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 12

Adjusting the Pressure of the Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 12

Adjusting the Switch Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 12

Adjusting the Pilot Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 13

Adjusting the Positive End Expiratory Pressure (PEEP) Valve to Zero. . 6 - 14

Adjusting the PEEP Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 15

Adjusting the Breath Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 15

Calibrating the Controller Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 18

Adjusting the Precision 5V Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 18

Adjusting the Skin Probe 1 Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 19

Adjusting the Skin Probe 2 Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 19

Adjusting the Heater Voltage Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 19

Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 21

Steam Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 22

Cleaning Difficult to Access Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 22

Page xii Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products Service Manual (82 990 45)


Table of Contents

Disinfecting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 22

Cleaning Painted Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 22

Cleaning Clear Plastic and Acrylic Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 22

Cleaning Metal Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 23

Cleaning the Reusable Baby Skin Temperature Probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 23

Sterilizing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 23

Cleaning Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 24

Disassembling the Warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 24

Assembling the Warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 25

Cleaning the Reusable Breathing Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 27

General Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 31

P.C. Board Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 31

Verifying the DC Power Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 32

Testing the Leakage Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 33

Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 33

Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 33

Verifying the Heater Head Electrical Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 34

Checking the Pneumatic System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 35

Testing for Leakage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 35

Checking for Pneumatic Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 36

Checking the Gas Supply Module and Tank Yokes (Models Equipped with Reserve Gas Supply Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 36

Checking the Pipeline Supply to the Blender Module (Models Equipped with Blender Module Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 36

Checking the Performance of the Resuscitation Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 38

Checking the Oxygen Concentration (Models Equipped with the Blender Module

Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 38

Checking the Airway Pressure Gauge (Models without AutoBreath™

Infant Resuscitator Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 39

Checking the Suction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 39

Checking the Supply Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 39

Preventive Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 40

Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products Service Manual (82 990 45) Page xiii


Table of Contents

Preventive Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 41

Preventive Maintenance Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 42

Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 43

Chapter 7: Accessories

Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 1

Page xiv Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products Service Manual (82 990 45)


Chapter 1

Introduction

1

Purpose

This manual provides requirements for the normal operation and maintenance of the Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer (WBR82), the Resuscitaire®

Radiant Warmer (RW82), and the Resuscitaire® Wall Mounted Radiant

Warmer (WMRW82). It also includes parts lists (in chapter 5) for ordering replacement components.

Audience

This manual is intended for use by only facility-authorized personnel. Failure to observe this restriction can result in severe injury to people and serious damage to equipment.

Organization

This manual contains seven chapters.

Chapter 1: Introduction

In addition to a brief description of this service manual, chapter 1 also provides a product overview.

Chapter 2: Troubleshooting Procedures

Repair analysis procedures are contained in this chapter. Use these procedures to gather information, identify the maintenance need, and verify the effectiveness of the repair.

Chapter 3: Theory of Operation

This chapter describes the application of the mechanical, electrical, and hydraulic systems employed in this product.

Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products Service Manual (82 990 45) Page 1 - 1


Organization

Chapter 1: Introduction

Chapter 4: Removal and Replacement Procedures

Chapter 4 contains the detailed maintenance procedures determined necessary in chapter 2.

Chapter 5: Parts List

This chapter contains the part-ordering procedure and illustrated parts lists.

Chapter 6: Calibration and Maintenance Procedures

Calibration, cleaning, preventive maintenance, and other general procedures are described in this chapter.

Chapter 7: Accessories

A list of additional products that can be used in conjunction with the

Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products is available in chapter 7.

Page 1 - 2 Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products Service Manual (82 990 45)


Document Symbol Definition


Document Symbol Definition

This manual contains different typefaces and icons designed to improve readability and increase understanding of its content. Note the following examples:

• Standard text—used for regular information.

• Boldface text —emphasizes a word or phrase.

• NOTE: —sets apart special information or important instruction clarification.

• The symbol below highlights a WARNING or CAUTION:

Figure 1-1. Warning and Caution

1

– A WARNING identifies situations or actions that may affect patient or user safety. Disregarding a warning may result in patient or user injury.

– A CAUTION points out special procedures or precautions that personnel must follow to avoid equipment damage.

• The symbol below highlights an ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD

WARNING:

Figure 1-2. Electrical Shock Hazard Warning

• The symbol below highlights an EMC hazard:

Figure 1-3. EMC Hazard



Introduction


Introduction

Overview

The Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer (WBR82) is designed especially

for labor and delivery use (see figure 1-4 on page 1-5). It consists of a

detachable cart and bassinet and a freestanding warmer that provides heat control and monitors skin temperature and includes an Apgar timer. The

Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer also includes an optional resuscitation package with suction and oxygen delivery or AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator which is a gas-powered, time-cycled, continuous flow, pressure-limited resuscitator (not available in the U.S.). Other options include a reserve gas supply and Blender Module.

The Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer (RW82) is designed for use during labor

and delivery (see figure 1-5 on page 1-6). The Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer

consists of a bassinet, warmer, and a Controller Module that provides heat control, monitoring of the skin temperature, and Apgar timing. The Variable

Height Adjustable (VHA) Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer provides an adjustable mattress height from 89.9 cm (35.4") to 109.9 cm (43.3"). The

Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer also includes the same optional resuscitation package with suction and oxygen delivery or AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator which is a gas-powered, time-cycled, continuous flow, pressure-limited resuscitator (not available in the U.S.)that are available with the Resuscitaire®

Birthing Room Warmer.

The Resuscitaire® Wall Mounted Radiant Warmer (WMRW82) is designed

specifically for labor, delivery, and birthing room use (see figure 1-6 on page

1-7). The Resuscitaire® Wall Mounted Radiant Warmer consists of a warmer

and a Controller Module that provide heat control, monitoring of the skin temperature, and an Apgar timer. The Resuscitaire® Wall Mounted Radiant

Warmer is installed permanently and, therefore, is not portable. There are no resuscitation options available with this product.

For operating precautions for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products and their accessories, refer to the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products User

Manual (82 990 40) (MU12149).



Introduction


Figure 1-4. Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer (RW82)

Bassinet

Warmer

Module

Examination

Light

Controller

Module

Blended Gas

Supply

Module

Resuscitation

Module

Gas Supply

Module

1

Handle

X-ray Tray

Cassette

Pass-through

Drawer

Resuscitation

Equipment

Storage

Compartment



Introduction


Figure 1-5. Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer (WBR82)

Drawer

Lock

Bassinet Tilt

Mechanism

Warmer

Module

Controller

Blended Gas

Supply

Module

Resuscitation

Module

Gas

Supply

Module

Suction

Bottle

Caster

Lock

Pass-through

Drawer



Introduction


Figure 1-6. Resuscitaire® Wall Mounted Radiant Warmer (WMRW82)

1

Abbreviations

• Liters Per Minute (LPM)

• Standard Cubic Feet per Hour (scfh)

• Neonatal Intensive Care Unit (NICU)

• Positive End Expiratory Pressure (PEEP)

• Inspiratory/Expiratory Ratio (I/E ratio)

Features

Warmer Module

A controller in the Warmer Module provides Pre-Warm Mode, Manual Mode, or Baby Mode automatic skin temperature control. A warmer head pivot



Introduction

Chapter 1: Introduction permits the warmer to pivot 90° to either side for X-ray procedures. In addition, when the warmer is pivoted, it can be powered to provide heat.

The warmer head contains the quartz heating element and an examination light. It is mounted to the top of the upper column. The warmer head pivots to either side of the warmer to provide access for a portable X-ray machine. There is no latch required to move the warmer head. An applied force of approximately 5 kg (10 lb) is all that is required to overcome the detents of the warmer head pivot.

Heating Element

The radiant heater consists of a 600 W, quartz, tube heater.

Examination Light

An examination light provides added illumination of the mattress area. The examination light is mounted underneath the warmer head. It is located on the center line of the warmer head, directly behind the radiant heating element.

The examination light is a 50 W, fixed-focus, halogen bulb, and is turned on or off by a key on the front of the Controller Module.

Cart/Bassinet (Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer (WBR82) and

Cart Only)

The bassinet is designed to provide maximum function and utility to aid in the care of the newborn. It is detachable so you can transport the infant to the

NICU, the general nursery, or another area of the hospital. The side and front panels fold down to permit access to the infant. The mattress tilts at a 0°, 5°, or

10° angle. Vari-tilt models are continually adjustable to ±10°. Openings are provided on each side of the bassinet for the insertion of the accessory x-ray cassette tray. A writing surface is available; when the writing surface is closed, it is not visible. Each cart has a pass-through drawer and a locking front access drawer. The cart locks in place when used with a warmer.

Bassinet (Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer (RW82) Only)

The bassinet is designed to provide maximum function and utility to aid in the care of the newborn. You may fold the side and front panels down to gain access to the infant. The mattress tilts at a 0°, 5°, or 10° angle. Vari-tilt models are continually adjustable to ±10°. Openings are provided on each side of the bassinet for the insertion of the accessory x-ray cassette tray. A push-through drawer is supplied standard on every unit.



Introduction


Controller Module

At power-up, the microprocessor within the Controller Module performs a series of power-up diagnostic tests to confirm the proper operation of the system. During this time, all displays and indicators light (except the Power

Fail light) and a tone sounds.

When powered up, the system initializes in Pre-Warm Mode. In Pre-Warm

Mode, the Controller Module starts the heater at 100% power, and maintains that setting for 3 minutes, reduces to 60% for 12 minutes, and then reduces the heater power to 30%. While the heater is in the lowest setting, the unit continues to provide heat without low limit alarms enabled.

When operating the Controller Module in Manual Mode, the operator can adjust the heater power from 0% to full power in 10% increments. After 10 minutes of operation in Manual Mode, a Check Patient alarm activates. If the

Check Patient alarm is not acknowledged within 5 minutes the heater to turns off and an alarm activates.

When operating the Controller Module in Baby Mode, the Controller Module utilizes a baby skin temperature probe connected between the Controller

Module input and the infant’s skin to automatically adjust the heater output of the Warmer Module maintaining a digitally-displayed preset temperature.

The Apgar Timer displays the elapsed time (up to 59:59). When the timer is activated, it sounds a tone alerting the operator after 1 minute, 5 minutes, and

10 minutes have elapsed.

When pressed, the Keypad Lock key enables or disables the Up/Down arrows,

Select Mode key, and the >37° key.

A Procedural Silence timer prevents the Baby Temperature alarm from sounding for 5 minutes during routine procedures.

The >37°C key enables Temperature Override Mode.

Pressing the °C/°F key alternately selects between the two units of temperature measurement used to display the baby and set temperature.

The operator can also turn on and off the examination light located in the

Warmer Module by using the Examination Light key on the Controller

Module.

1



Introduction


Blender Module (Factory-Installed Option)

The Blender Module provides blended oxygen from 21% to 100% to the patient outlet on the Resuscitation Module.

Resuscitation Module (Factory-Installed Option)

The Resuscitation Modules contain the pneumatic outlets necessary for infant

resuscitation (see figure 1-7 on page 1-11). Controls and displays for the

module are located above and to the rear of the bassinet.

There are three variations of Resuscitation Modules: RM2001™ Gas Delivery

Module without AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator (available only in the U.S.),

Resuscitation Module without AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator, and

Resuscitation Module with AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator (not available in the U.S.). The Resuscitation Module without AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator, and the Resuscitation Module with AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator have adjustable airway pressure relief but the RM2001™ Gas

Delivery Module without AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator does not.

NOTE:

When pressure in the hose delivering gas to the patient falls below -4 cm H

2

O

(-0.4 kPa), the one-way valve installed at the Patient Outlet connection opens.

In the unlikely failure of the gas supply, the one-way valve allows patient inspiration.

RM2001™ Gas Delivery Module without AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator

• Primary Outlet (RM2001™ Gas Delivery Module Only) —Use the

Primary Outlet to provide continuous gas flow to a breathing circuit at a rate of 0 to 15 LPM of oxygen (as selected by the operator). The Flow Rate control is a calibrated dial-type flow adjustment or flow meter. A fixed internal safety relief valve is also provided and is always operable. This valve provides redundant maximum pressure relief at 160.1 cm H

2

O ± 10 cm H

2

O (15.7 kPa ± 1 kPa). For units equipped with a Blender Module option, the FiO

2

of the Blender Module setting is delivered to the Primary

Outlet (see figure 1-7 on page 1-11).



Introduction


Figure 1-7. RM2001™ Gas Delivery Module (Front Panel)

1

NOTE:

The outlet 1/4" hose barb fittings of the RM2001™ Gas Delivery Module attach to commercially-available oxygen supply tubing or a self-inflating resuscitation bag (PN 67 350 50).

• Airway Pressure— The airway pressure gauge monitors airway pressure.

Some variations are externally connected to patient circuits. (U.K. versions are connected internally.)

• Blender Module— The optional Blender Module supplies blended gas only to the Primary Outlet in the RM2001™ Gas Delivery Module. During operation of these outlets, the Resuscitation Module alarms unless oxygen and air are connected.

• Auxiliary Outlet— The Auxiliary outlet supplies 100% oxygen through the

Auxiliary Flow control to the Auxiliary Outlet connector. It is intended for oxygen enrichment of a manual bag resuscitator, for supplemental delivery to the patient, mother or second neonate, such as a twin, or for blowby. The

Auxiliary Flow control adjusts the flow rate from 0 to 15 LPM. An internal pre-set relief valve limits the Auxiliary Outlet pressure to 160.1 cm H

2

O

(15.7 kPa).



Introduction


NOTE:

The airway pressure gauge is not connected to the auxiliary outlet.

NOTE:

The Auxiliary Outlet oxygen percentage is not adjustable. It always supplies

100% oxygen.

WARNING:

The internal adjustable airway pressure relief is not functional with a self-inflating bag because the patient supply is connected to the fresh gas reservoir on the self-inflating bag, rather than directly to the patient airway. When using a self-inflating bag, always use a suitable external airway pressure relief valve connected to the patient airway. To obtain maximum flow, turn the adjustable airway pressure relief knob to the

Max.

position. Failure to do so could result in infant injury

WARNING:

Using a breathing circuit other than the one supplied may inadvertently restrict the gas flow such that the indication of the gas flow and the adjustable airway pressure relief may be inaccurate. Infant injury could occur.

NOTE:

The RM2001™ Gas Delivery Module without AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator does not have adjustable airway pressure relief.

• Patient breathing and supply circuits—Use standard commercial tubing with an inner diameter of 0.64 cm (0.25") with a self-inflating bag

(PN 67 350 50) on the Resuscitation Module (see figure 1-8 on page 1-13).



Introduction


Figure 1-8. Patient Breathing Circuit for Manual Ventilation or Bagging Used with

RM2001™ Gas Delivery Module

1

Resuscitation Module without AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator

• Patient Outlet (Resuscitation Module Only) —Use the Patient Outlet to provide continuous gas flow to the patient. Controls are provided for

Airway Pressure Relief (maximum pressure) and Flow Rate (circuit flow delivering 100% oxygen or blended gas). The adjustable Airway Pressure

Relief control is always operative, when used with the provided 15 mm tubing. Pressure relief is adjustable and ranges from 0 to 50 cm H

2

O (0 kPa to 4.9 kPa). The fixed internal safety relief valve is always operable and provides redundant maximum pressure relief at 60 cm H

2

O (5.9

kPa) ±

20% and allows the patient to inspire room air in the event of gas supply

failure (see figure 1-9 on page 1-14).

For the U.K. only: The fixed internal safety relief valve provides a maximum pressure relief at 50 cm H

2

O (4.9 kPa) ± 20%.



Introduction


Figure 1-9. Resuscitation Module without AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator (Front

Panel)

Page 1 - 14

• Airway Pressure —The airway pressure gauge monitors the airway pressure when externally connected to patient circuits.

• Blender Module —The optional Blender Module provides blended oxygen from 21% to 100% to the Patient Outlet on the Resuscitation Module.

• Auxiliary Outlet —The Auxiliary Outlet supplies 100% oxygen through the Auxiliary Flow control to the Auxiliary Outlet connector. It is intended for oxygen enrichment of a manual bag resuscitator, for supplemental delivery to the patient, mother, or a second neonate, such as a twin. The

Auxiliary Flow control adjusts the flow rate from 0 to 15 LPM. An internal pre-set relief valve limits the Auxiliary Outlet pressure to

160 cm H

2

O (16 kPa).

For the U.K. only: This internal pre-set relief valve limits the Aux Outlet pressure to 40 cm H

2

O (3.9 kPa).

NOTE:


100% oxygen.

Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products Service Manual (82 990 45)


Introduction


WARNING:


Max.

position. Failure to do so could result in infant injury

WARNING:

Using a breathing circuit other than the one supplied may inadvertently restrict the gas flow such that the indication of the gas flow and the adjustable airway pressure relief may be inaccurate. Infant injury could occur.

• Patient Breathing and Supply Circuits —Use the reusable breathing circuit (PN 81 000 06) or a disposable patient supply circuit (PN 81 001

27) for manual bagging on the Resuscitation Module (see figure 1-10 on page 1-16).

1



Introduction



Resuscitation Module without AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator

Exhaust valve cap

Exhaust port

Exhalation valve housing

Exhalation valve diaphragm

Patient port

Corrugated tubing

Connect to airway pressure gauge.

Connect to patient outlet only.

Patient breathing circuit for manual ventilati

Corrugated tubing

15 mm/10 mm adapter

10 mm/7.5 mm adapter

Connect to resuscitation bag.

Patient breathing circuit for manual bagging

Connect to patient outlet.



Introduction


Resuscitation Module with AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator (not available in the U.S.)

WARNING:

Always use an airway pressure monitor if the AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator is to be used unattended. Failure to do so could result in patient injury.

• AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator - Use the AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator in conjunction with the continuous gas flow provided by the

Patient Supply sub-module. The AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator circuit is a gas-powered, time-cycled, continuous flow, pressure-limited resuscitator. It has a Rate (breaths-per-minute BPM) control and a fixed I/E ratio of 1:2 nominal. An On/Off switch allows the timing circuit to be turned on and off as needed. A PEEP control adjusts the Positive End

Expiratory Pressure in the patient circuit (see figure 1-11 on page 1-17).

Figure 1-11. Resuscitation Module with AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator

(not available in the U.S.) (Front Panel)

1



Introduction


• Patient Gas Supply - The Patient Gas Supply circuit may be used with the

AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator turned on or off to provide continuous gas flow to the patient. Controls are provided for Airway Pressure Relief

(maximum pressure) and Flow Rate (LPM) (circuit flow delivering 100% oxygen or blended gas). The adjustable Airway Pressure Relief control is always operative. A fixed internal safety valve is also provided and is also always operable. If the resuscitation module is PN 81 400 80, it provides redundant maximum pressure relief at 50 cm H

2

O (4.9 ± 0.5 kPa). If the resuscitation module is PN 81 400 81, it provides redundant maximum pressure relief at 60 cm H

2

O (5.9 ± 0.5 kPa). Both fixed internal safety valves allows the patient to inspire room air in the event of gas supply failure. Negative pressure is not available in the expiratory phase.

NOTE:

Flow Rate (LPM) is equivalent to flow meter.

• Auxiliary Outlet —The Auxiliary Outlet supplies 100% oxygen through the Auxiliary Flow control to the Auxiliary Outlet connector. It is intended for oxygen enrichment of a manual bag resuscitator, for supplemental delivery to the patient, mother, or a second neonate, such as a twin. The

Auxiliary Flow control adjusts the flow rate from 0 to 15 LPM. An internal pre-set relief valve limits the Auxiliary Outlet pressure to 160 cm

H

2

O (16 kPa).

For the U.K. only: This internal pre-set relief valve limits the Aux Outlet pressure to 40 cm H

2

O (3.9 kPa).

NOTE:

Increasing back pressure may develop as the length of oxygen circuit tubing increases and tubing diameter decreases. Install oxygen delivery tubing as intended in a clinical situation, and verify through flow measurement that approximately 15 LPM (32 scfh) (maximum) can be achieved.

NOTE:


100% oxygen.



Introduction


WARNING:


Max.

position. Failure to do so could result in infant injury.

WARNING:

Using a breathing circuit other than the AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator Breathing Circuit (PN 81 000 19) may inadvertently restrict the gas flow such that the indication of the gas flow and the adjustable airway pressure relief may be inaccurate. Infant injury could occur.

• Patient Breathing Circuits - Use the patient breathing circuit

(PN 81 000 19) in conjunction with the AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator.

Additionally, a patient supply circuit (PN 81 001 26) for manual bagging,

or blowby, may also be used (see figure 1-12 on page 1-20).

1



Introduction



Resuscitation Module with AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator

Self-inflating

For manual bagging or

Flow-inflating to

AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator

For AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator

15 mm fitting

Accessory T-piece allows connection to pressure gauge (not available in the U. K.)

Suction

A gas-powered, venturi-generated vacuum drives the suction circuit, which provides a negative pressure for suctioning the patient’s airway. This suction device is specifically intended for removal of mucus from neonates post delivery. The suction negative pressure is indicated on the suction gauge.

Adjust suction with the Suction control, and turn it on or off with the On/Off switch. A fixed relief valve limits the maximum suction pressure to

150 mm Hg (80"H

2

O). This Suction Module contains an On/Off switch and a suction control knob for suction adjustment between 0 to 2.99 psi (0 to

19.99 kPa). A minimum of 16 LPM (34 scfh) is available at the maximum suction setting.



Introduction


Figure 1-13. Suction Controls (Front Panel)

1

Suction

Suction kPa mm Hg

Suction

Off

0

(0)

-19.99 kPa

(-2.90 PSI)

On

Low Suction / Low Flow Rate



Introduction


Figure 1-14. Suction Functional Block Diagram

Box of 20 disposable suction bottle

(PN 81 001 49) with built-in filter.

One reusable glass suction bottle conversion kit (PN 81 001 50) with the associated filter and tubing. Box of 25 replacement filters with tubing (PN 81 001 54). Replacement glass bottle

(PN 08 131 00).

Box of 10 disposable micro-volume suction bottles (PN 81 001 48).

One micro-volume suction conversion kit (PN 81 001 47) with filter and holder.

Box of 10 micro-volume replacement filters (PN 81 001 46).



Introduction


Suction Line Filter

The Suction Line Filter is a hydrophobic bacterial filter that is connected in line with the supply connection to the suction bottle. An extension tubing connects to the suction bottle outlet port.

Gas Supply Module (Optional)

The Gas Supply Module includes an On/Off switch that controls the pipeline and cylinder gas supply to the Resuscitation Module. The basic Resuscitation

Module includes an oxygen cylinder pressure gauge (see figure 1-15 on page

1-23).

On units equipped with the Blender Module, oxygen and air pressure gauges are provided.

The Blender Module option changes the Resuscitation Module to add the air pipeline, the tank connections, and also adds an air gauge to the Gas Supply

Module.

Figure 1-15. Resuscitation Modules (Front Panels)

1



Introduction


Gas Delivery System

When the Blender Module is included in the system, the Gas Delivery Module provides 0 to 15 LPM of oxygen/air mixture

, as selected by the user (see figure 1-16 on page 1-24). When

no Blender Module is included in the system, the gas delivery module provides 0 to 15 LPM of oxygen , as selected by the user. The flow control is a calibrated, dial-type, flow adjustment.

Figure 1-16. Gas Delivery Flowchart

Page 1 - 24

Apgar Timer

When the Apgar timer is enabled, the Apgar Timer display shows the elapsed minutes and seconds up to 59:59, and an alert alarm sounds at 1, 5, and 10 minute intervals.

Weigh Scale (Optional)

The W30R scale consists of a Display Module and a Weighing Platform. A microcomputer is used to determine the weight of active infants in the

Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer and the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer.

The infant weight remains on the digital display for approximately 25 to 30



Introduction

Chapter 1: Introduction seconds. Refer to the W30R Weigh Scale User Manual (PN 03 990 50) that accompanies the scale for additional information.

Alarms

High Temperature

When the baby skin temperature probe is attached to the infant and the skin temperature exceeds 39°C (102°F), the heater automatically turns off, the High

Temp indicator flashes, and the alarm sounds continuously. Pressing the

Silence/Reset key silences the alarm for 2 minutes. After the alarm condition is corrected or the skin temperature has gone down to 38.5°C (101°F) or less, the alarm automatically resets. If the skin probe detects a temperature of

39.5°C (103.1°F), the hardware shuts down, and a System Fail alarm is generated.

Check Patient

After 10 minutes of operation in the Manual Mode, the Chk Patient indicator remains illuminated and the alarm sounds. The alarm continues to sound every

30 seconds for 5 minutes. To silence the alarm for 10 minutes, check the infant’s temperature, and press the Silence/Reset key. If the alarm has not been acknowledged after a total of 15 minutes, the heater shuts down, and a continuous ramping alarm sounds. Pressing the Silence/Reset key activates the heater and silences the alarm.

Probe

If one of the following conditions occur, the Probe indicator flashes and a ramping alarm sounds:

• The baby skin temperature probe short circuits.

• The baby skin temperature probe open circuits.

• No baby skin temperature probe is connected to the Controller Module when the Controller Module is in Baby Mode .

• The word “Lo” displays in the baby temperature display due to the baby skin temperature probe reading <18° C ambient temperature.

After the alarm condition is corrected, such as the probe being replaced, the alarm automatically resets.

1



Introduction


Baby Skin Temperature

When the temperature sensed by the baby skin temperature probe is 1.0°C

(1.3°F) above or below the displayed Set Temperature setting in Baby Mode, the Baby Temperature indicator flashes and an alarm sounds, first at a low level, then at a medium level, and finally at a high level. In addition, if the temperature is 0.2°C (0.4°F) above the selected set temperature, the heater turns off automatically. Pressing the Silence/Reset key silences the alarm.

Power Fail

When AC power to the unit is interrupted while the Controller Module is on, the Power Fail indicator flashes and the alarm beeps. When power is restored to the unit, the alarm automatically resets, and all of the settings are retained.

Pressing the ON/STBY switch silences the alarm.

NOTE:

Turning off the Power switch keeps the Controller Module and heater from starting automatically after power is returned to the unit. The settings are retained in memory until power is restored.

System Fail

When an internal malfunction is detected or when a brown-out lasts at least 5 minutes, the System Fail indicator flashes and an alarm beeps. In addition, an error code, Er01 through Er23 , appears in the Baby Temperature display.

This alarm can not be reset.

Blender Module Differential Bypass Alarm (Optional)

Whenever the pressure differential between the oxygen and air supplies exceeds 30 psi ± 5 psi (207 kPa ± 34 kPa), the Blender Module sounds an alarm and becomes bypassed. When this condition occurs, the Blender Module continues to supply whichever gas is at the higher pressure: either 100% air or

100% oxygen. This is an audible alarm only; there are no visual indicators. If a

Blender Module is present, both sources of air and oxygen must be connected and turned on to prevent the Differential Bypass alarm from activating.

NOTE:

Because this alarm is pneumatically powered, either oxygen or air must be present for the alarm to sound.



Specifications


Specifications

Physical Specifications

For Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products specifications, see table 1-1 on page 1-27.

Table 1-1. Specifications

Feature

Skin temperature display range

Skin temperature display accuracy

(The skin temperature setpoint range is between 34°C and 38°C (93.2°F and

100.4°F))

Skin temperature display resolution

Apgar timer display range

Apgar timer display resolution

Apgar timer display accuracy

Manual heat control

Data port

Mattress tilt (WBR82 and RW82 only)

Bassinet Tilt-Vari-tilt (if so equipped)

(WBR82 and RW82 only)

Operating temperature range

Dimension

18°C to 43°C (64.4°F to

109.4°F)

± 0.2°C for 31°C to 38°C

(± 0.36°F for 87.8°F to

100.4°F)

0.01°C (0.1°F)

0:00 to 59:59 (minutes:seconds)

1 s

0 seconds ± 1 second

Adjustable in 10% increments from 0% to 100% (full power)

2400 bits/s fixed baud rate.

RS-232C compatible

0°, 5°, and 10°

± 10° from horizontal

Storage temperature range

Relative humidity operating range

Heater element life expectancy

18°C to 30°C (64.4°F to 86°F) ambient

- 40°C to 70°C (-40°F to 158°F) ambient

5% RH to 95% RH, noncondensing

1000 hours of operation

1



Specifications


For Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer physical specifications, see table 1-2 on page 1-28.

Table 1-2. Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer (RW82) Physical

Specifications

Feature Dimension

Mattress height

Mattress height with VHA

Height

Height with VHA

Height with VHA and Vari-tilt option (RW82 only)

100 cm (39.4")

89.2 cm to 110.2 cm (35.1" to 43.4")

190.5 cm (75.0")

171 cm to 200.7 cm (67" to 79")

205.7 cm (81")

Width (side to side)

Depth (front to back)

Weight

Weight with VHA

74.9 cm (29.5")

114.3 cm (45.0")

91 kg (200 lb)

100 kg (220 lb)

Warmer head rotation (right and left) 90°

For Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer physical specifications, see table 1-

3 on page 1-28.

Table 1-3. Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer (WBR82) Physical

Specifications


Mattress height

Height

Height cart/bassinet to mattress

Width (side to side)

100 cm (39.4")

188 cm (74")

99 cm (39")

71.1 cm (28.0")

Width cart/bassinet (to outside of bumper) 61 cm (24")

Depth (front to back) 121.9 cm (48.0")

Weight with warmer and cart

Weight cart/bassinet (without tanks)

145.1 kg (320 lb)

< 73 kg (160 lb)

Length cart/bassinet (to outside of bumper) 79 cm (31")

Total length 122 cm (48")

Warmer head rotation (right and left) 90°



Specifications


For Resuscitaire® Wall Mounted Warmer physical specifications, see table 1-4 on page 1-29.

Table 1-4. Resuscitaire® Wall Mounted Warmer (WMRW82) Physical

Specifications

Feature

Weight with bracket

Weight without bracket

Length

Width

Height

Warmer head rotation (right and left)

Dimension

18.1 kg (40 lb)

15.8 kg (35 lb)

75.7 cm (29.8")

25.4 cm (10.0")

15.2 cm (6.0")

90°

For Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer (RW82) and Resuscitaire® Birthing Room

Warmer (WBR82) accessory specifications, see table 1-5 on page 1-29.

Table 1-5. Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer (RW82) and Resuscitaire®

Birthing Room Warmer (WBR82) Accessory Specifications

Feature

Accessory infusion pump/IV pole weight limit

Accessory monitor shelf weight limit

Accessory monitor shelf dimensions

Dimension

2 kg (5 lb) maximum

5 kg (10 lb) maximum

35.6 cm x 30.5 cm

(14.0" x 12.0")

Electrical Specification

For Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products electrical specifications, see table

1-6 on page 1-29.

120V models

Feature

100V models

Table 1-6. Electrical Specifications

Dimension

120V, 60 Hz, 750 W (non-VHA),

1300 W (VHA)

100V, 50/60 Hz, 750 W (non-VHA), 1300

W (VHA)

1



Specifications



220/240V models

Overload protection (100V and

120V models only)

Overload protection (220/240V model only)

Chassis leakage current (100V and

120V models only)

Chassis leakage current (220V and

240V models only)

Examination light

Electrical Module audio alarm ramping alarm (80 dBA maximum for infant)

220V/240V, 50/60 Hz, 750 W (non-VHA),

1300 W (VHA)

Dual circuit breakers: 6A (non-VHA), 10A

(VHA)

Dual circuit breakers: 3A (non-VHA), 5A

(VHA)

Less than 300

µ

A

Less than 500

µ

A

> 100 foot candles (0.11 lumens/cm 2 )

Tone frequency: 1.2 kHz maximum threestage sound level: 15 seconds low, 15 seconds medium and then high.

Alarm Specifications

For Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products alarm specifications, see table 1-7 on page 1-30.

Alarm

High temperature

Check patient

Apgar timer

Power fail

Probe

Table 1-7. Alarm Specifications

Cause

Activates if the baby skin temperature probe is attached and the skin sensor reaches 39.0°C (102.2°F). Resets at 38.5°C

(101.3°F).

Activates in manual mode after 10 minutes.

Remains on with the audible alarm every

30 sec. for 5 minutes for a total of 15 minutes. The heater then turns off.

Activates at 1, 5, and 10 minutes. Apgar time intervals.

Activates during a loss of power. Stays activated for >10 minutes.

Activates if the baby skin temperature probe fails (opens or shorts) or is disconnected.



Specifications


Alarm

System fail

Baby (skin) temperature

Electrical Module, audio ramping alarms (80 dBA maximum for infant)

Blender Module pneumatic audio alarm

Cause

Activates when there is a system failure.

Activates if the baby skin temperature fluctuates 1°C above or below the setpoint.

Tone frequency: 1.2 KHz maximum threestage sound level: 15 seconds low, 15 seconds medium, then high until reset

Vibrating reed, pneumatically powered.

Resuscitation Modules Specifications (Resuscitaire® Birthing

Room Warmer (WBR82) and Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer

(RW82) Only)

For Resuscitation Modules Specifications (Resuscitaire® Birthing Room

Warmer (WBR82) and Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer (RW82) only), see table

1-8 on page 1-31.

Table 1-8. Resuscitation Modules Specifications (Resuscitaire® Birthing

Room Warmer (WBR82) and Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer (RW82)

Only)


RM2001™ Gas Delivery Module

Wall supply pressure

Cylinder pressure

Cylinder length (with VHA a )

40 psi to 75 psi (276 kPa to 517 kPa)

3000 psi (20684 kPa) maximum

70 cm (27.5")

Cylinder length (with VHA and spacer) 76 cm (30")

Cylinder diameter 12 cm (5") maximum

Primary outlet flow range

Primary outlet supply pressure limit

Redundant maximum pressure relief

0 to 15 LPM

160.1 cm H

2

O (15.7 kPa) ± 20%

160.1 cm H

2

O ± 10 cm H

2

O

(15.7 kPa ± 1 kPa)

Auxiliary circuit flow range 0 to 15 LPM

Auxiliary outlet internal relief valve limit 160.1 cm H

2

O (15.7 kPa) ± 10% maximum

1



Specifications



RESUSCITATION (w/o AutoBreath™

Infant Resuscitator feature, PN 8140072 and 8140073)


Cylinder pressure

Patient gas supply fixed pressure relief, factory-set (8140073)




Cylinder length (with VHA) 70 cm (27.5")

Cylinder length (with VHA and spacer)

♦

76 cm (30")

Cylinder diameter

Patient gas supply airway pressure limit, operator adjustable


12 cm (5") maximum

0 to 50 cm H

2

O (0 to 4.9 kPa)

± 10%

50 cm H

2

O ± 10% (4.9 kPa)

60 cm H

2

O ± 10% (5.9 kPa)

Primary outlet flow range

Auxiliary supply pressure limit (w/o

AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator feature)

160.1 cm H

2

O (15.7 kPa)

± 20%

0 to 15 LPM

160.1 cm H

2

O (15.7 kPa)

± 10% maximum

0 to 15 LPM Auxiliary flow circuit flow range

Patient gas supply, fixed pressure relief, factory-set (8140070)

Patient gas supply, fixed pressure relief, factory-set (8140072 and 8140073)

Auxiliary supply pressure limit

50 cm H

(U.K. only)

160.1 cm H

2

O (15.7 kPa) ± 10%

40 cm H

2

2

O (4.9 kPa) ± 20%

O (3.9 kPa) ± 10%

(U.K. only)

RESUSCITATION (w/AutoBreath™

Infant Resuscitator feature, PN 8140080 and 8140081)


Cylinder pressure



Cylinder length (with VHA) 70 cm (27.5")

Cylinder length (with VHA and spacer) 76 cm (30")

Cylinder diameter 12 cm (5") maximum



Specifications



Patient gas supply airway pressure limit, operator adjustable

0 to 50 cm H

2

O (0 to 4.9 kPa)

± 10%

50 cm H

2

O ± 20% (4.9 kPa) Patient gas supply fixed pressure relief, factory-set (8140080)



60 cm H

2

O ± 20% (5.9 kPa)

160.1 cm H

2

O (15.7 kPa)

± 20%

Primary outlet flow range 0 to 15 LPM

Auxiliary supply pressure limit (8140081) 160.1 cm H

2

O (15.7 kPa)

± 10% maximum

Auxiliary supply pressure limit (8140080) 40 cm H

2

O (4 kPa) ± 10% maximum

(U.K. only)

Auxiliary flow circuit flow range

Auxiliary flow circuit pressure

0 to 15 LPM

40 cm H

2

O (4 kPa) ± 10% maximum a. VHA is a Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer (RW82) with a vertical height adjustment.

♦

Data Tag Reference RW82VHA Cart Assembly Part Numbers:

8201081 Cart Assembly, VHA, 240V, U.K.

8201170 Cart Assembly, VHA, Vari-tilt, 120V

8201171 Cart Assembly, VHA, Vari-tilt, No Resuscitation

8201180 Cart Assembly, VHA, Vari-tilt, 240V

8201182 Cart Assembly, VHA, Vari-tilt, 240V, No Resuscitation

AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator Specifications

For AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator (factory-installed option) specifications,

see table 1-9 on page 1-33.

Table 1-9. AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator Specifications

Feature

Inspiratory:Expiratory (I:E) ratio

Positive end expiratory pressure (PEEP) ratio

Breath rate

Dimension

Fixed at 1:2 ± 20%

0 to 18 cm H

2

O (0 kPa to

1.8 kPa) ± 10% of setting

18 to 60 BPM ± 10% of setting

1



Specifications



Adjustable airway pressure relief (range of working pressure)

0 to 50 cm H

2

O ± 5 cm H

2

O

(0 to 4.9 kPa ± 0.5 kPa)

50 cm H

2

O (5.0 kPa) ± 10% Fixed maximum pressure

(P lim max)

Fixed minimum pressure

(P lim min)

0 cm H

2

O (0 kPa)

System oxygen consumption

Logic gas oxygen consumption

50.0 LPM (106 scfh) maximum

5.0 LPM (10.6 scfh)

Suction Specifications

For suction specifications, see table 1-10 on page 1-34.

Table 1-10. Suction Specifications


Suction circuit adjustable suction intensity 0 mm Hg to 150 mm Hg ± 3.98 mm Hg

(0 kPa to 19.99 kPa 0.53 kPa)

Suction circuit maximum vacuum -2.90 psi ± 0.08 psi

(-19.99 kPa ± 0.53 kPa)

Suction circuit maximum flow rate < 20 LPM (42 scfh) (minimum of 16 LPM (34 scfh) at maximum)

Tubing

Total flow resistance (without attachments, subassemblies, or components added to the breathing system)

Total flow resistance (without attachments, subassemblies, or components added to the breathing system)

Blender Module oxygen concentration, adjustable

6 mm (0.25") inner diameter by

1.8 m (72") with sure-grip female molded connector

≤

2 cm H

LPM

2

O (0.2 kPa) @ 15

≤

6 cm H

2

O (0.6 kPa) @ 5 LPM

21 O

2

% to 100 O

2

%

Page 1 - 34

NOTE:

Suction will be driven by a 20 psi (138 kPa) regulated 100% O

2

source.



Specifications


Regulations, Standards, and Codes

The Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products meet the following regulations, standards, and codes:

EN 60601-1: 1990, Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1: General

Requirements for Safety, including Amendments 1 and 2

EN 60601-1-2: 2001, Collateral Standard: Electromagnetic Compatibility,

Requirements and Tests

EN 60601-2-21: 1994, Particular Requirements for the Safety of Infant

Radiant Warmers, including Amendment 1

C22.2 No. 601.1.1: 1994, Medical Electrical Equipment, Safety

Requirements for Medical electrical Systems

Directive 2002/96/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of

2003-01-27 on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Annex

IV, prEN 50419

The Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer (WBR82) and the Resuscitaire®

Radiant Warmer (RW82) meet the following regulations, standards, and codes:

EN794-1:1997, Lung ventilators, Part 1: Particular requirements for critical care ventilators, including Amendment 1: 2000

EN10079-1:1996 or 1999, Medical suction equipment - Part 1: Electrically powered suction equipment - Safety requirements (ISO 10079-1:1991, including technical corrigendum 1:1992 and technical corrigendum

2:1993)

EN12342: 1998, Breathing tubes intended for use with anaesthetic apparatus and ventilators

NOTE:

These regulations, standards, and codes do not apply to the Resuscitaire® Wall

Mounted Radiant Warmer (WMRW82) only because it is not equipped with resuscitation or suction equipment.

1



Model Identification


Device Classification (EN 60601 Medical Electrical Equipment Part

I: General Requirements for Safety)

• Class I

• Type BF

• IPX 0 ordinary equipment

• Not AP

• Continuous operation

Model Identification

For Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer model identification, see table 1-11 on page 1-36.

Table 1-11. Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Model Identification

Model Number

RW82-1, RW82-1C, and

RW82-1E Series 00

RW82-1, RW82-1C, and

RW82-1E Series 01

RW82VHA-1,

RW82VHA-1C, and

RW82VHA-IE Series 00

Description

Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer

Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer with

AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator

Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer with vertical height adjustable cart assembly

For Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer model identification and series

changes, see table 1-12 on page 1-36.

Table 1-12. Model Identification and Series Changes

Model Number

WBR82-1 Series 00

WBR82-1 Series 01

Description

Original Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer

Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer with new

Resuscitation Module

For model identification of the available modules, see table 1-13 on page 1-37.



Model Identification


Table 1-13. Model Identification of the Available Modules

Model Number Description

RM811-1 and RM812-1

Series 00

RM811-1 and RM812-1

Series 01

RM811-1 and RM812-1

Series 02

RM2001™

Resuscitation Module

Resuscitation Module with airway pressure gauge port (P/N 8140072, 8140072, and 8140081)

Resuscitation Module without AutoBreath™

Infant Resuscitator (P/N 8140073 and 8140073)

Gas Delivery Module without AutoBreath™

Infant Resuscitator

Gas Supply Module GS811-1, GS812-1,

GS813-1, and GS814-1

Series 00

BL81-1 Series 00

EM81-1 and EM81-1E

Series 00

EM81-1 and EM81-1E

Series 01

WM81-1 and WM81-1E

Series 00

WM81-1 and WM81-1E

Series 01

82VHA-1 and

82VHA-1C Series 00

CBB82-1

Blender Module

Controller Module

Controller Module without capacitor on circuit breaker

Warmer module

Warmer module with filter assembly

Cart assembly having an adjustable vertical height

(for use with Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer)

Cart assembly

(for use with Resuscitaire® Birthing Room

Warmer)

1



Safety Tips


Safety Tips

WARNING:

Prior to reuse, confirm that the patient breathing circuit contains all necessary parts. Failure to do so could result in patient injury.

WARNING:

Ensure the patient breathing circuit connections are secure and free of obstructions. Failure to do so could result in patient injury.

CAUTION:

United States federal law restricts this device to sale on or by the order of a physician.

CAUTION:

To prevent removal of the controller chassis with the AC power on, secure the line cord to the back cover. Failure to do so could result in equipment damage.

CAUTION:

Do not kink the suction hoses. Doing so may result in equipment damage.

CAUTION:

Before transporting the unit, ensure that the power cord, hoses, and other equipment are properly stowed. Failure to do so could result in equipment damage.



Warning and Caution Labels


Warning and Caution Labels

Figure 1-17. Warning and Caution Labels

1



Warning and Caution Labels


Figure 1-18. Warning Labels

Units without actuator spacer Units with actuator spacer



Chapter 2

Troubleshooting Procedures

Getting Started

WARNING:

Only facility-authorized personnel should troubleshoot the

Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products. Troubleshooting by unauthorized personnel may result in personal injury or equipment damage.

Begin each procedure in this chapter with step 1. Follow the sequence outlined

(each step assumes the previous step has been completed). In each step, the normal operation of the product can be confirmed by answering Yes or No to the statement. Your response will lead to another step in the procedure, a repair analysis procedure (RAP), or a component replacement. If more than one component is listed, replace them in the given order.

To begin gathering information about the problem, start with Initial Actions .

To isolate or identify a problem and to verify the repair after completing each corrective action (replacing or adjusting a part, seating a connector, etc.), perform the Function Checks .

To verify the repair, perform the Final Actions after the Function Checks.

If troubleshooting procedures do not isolate the problem, call Technical

Support for assistance.

2



Initial Actions

Chapter 2: Troubleshooting Procedures

Initial Actions

To gather information from operators concerning problems with the

Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products, use Initial Actions. Note symptoms or other information concerning the problem that the operator describes. This information helps identify the probable cause.

1. Someone who can explain the problem is available.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to “Function Checks” on page 2-2.

2. Ask that person to demonstrate or explain the problem. The problem can be duplicated.

Yes No

↓ →


3. The problem is a result of improper operator action.

Yes No

↓ →


4. Instruct the operator to refer to the procedures in the Resuscitaire® Radiant

Warmer Products User Manual (82 990 40/MU12149). To make sure the

warmer operates properly, perform the “Function Checks” on page 2-2.

Function Checks

WARNING:

Do not use the warmer if the Controller Module or other parts of the equipment fail to function properly. Personal injury or equipment damage could occur.

1. Perform “Function Checks” before each use and after disassembly for cleaning, service, or maintenance.

2. Initial Actions have been performed.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to “Initial Actions” on page 2-2.



Function Checks



SHOCK HAZARD:

Plug the power cord only into a properly grounded wall receptacle that is approved for hospital-use and is of the correct voltage. Do not use extension cords or an AC receptacle box for this device. Personal injury or equipment damage could occur.

1. Perform the following: a. Plug the AC line cord into the power connector on the rear panel of the controller.

b. Check the self-test function by turning on the power switch.

The heater comes on.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.20.

2. The self-test function engages, and the following occurs:

• All 8s show across the Apgar Timer , Baby Temperature , and Set

Temperature displays.

• All alarm indicators (except the Power Fail indicator) light.

• All mode indicators light.

• The > 37°C indicator lights.

• All ten segments of the Heater Power indicator light.

• The Procedural Silence indicator lights.

• The Keypad Lock key lights.

• An alarm sounds a high pitched tone, a low pitched tone, and then three beeps.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.22.

3. When the self-test is complete, the controller begins operating in Pre-

Warm Mode.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.21.

4. Check Pre-Warm Mode. The Pre-Warm indicator is on and the Heater

Power indicator displays ten segments (100%) for 3 min, reduces to six segments (60%) for 12 min, and then reduces to three segments (30%).

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.21.


2


Function Checks


5. Press the Mode Select key, and select Manual Mode. The Manual indicator lights.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.5.

6. Perform the following: a. Press the up arrow key until all the Heater Power display segments light.

b. Press the down arrow key until all the Heater Power indicators are off.

c.

Heater Power indicators operate as described.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.5.

7. Connect the baby skin temperature probe to the probe connector.

The Baby Temperature display comes on.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.12.

8. Set the Heater Power indicator to 100%. All segments light.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.6.

9. Wait 10 minute. After 10 minutes have elapsed, the Chk Patient indicator comes on, and the alarm sounds one time.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.17.

10. Wait an additional 5 minutes. During this time, the alarm sounds at 30 second intervals.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.17.

11. At the end of the 5 minutes (15 minutes total), the heater shuts down, the

Heater Power indicators go off, and the alarm sounds continuously and ramps up in volume.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.6.

12. Press the Silence/Reset key. The heater comes back on.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.20.



Function Checks


13. The Chk Patient indicator lights and the alarm sounds.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.5.

14. The Heater Power indicators come back on.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.22.

15. Press the Keypad Lock switch. The Keypad Lock switch lights up, and the Mode Select and Up and Down keys are inoperative.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.5.

16. Press the Keypad Lock key. Its light goes off, and the keypad is enabled.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.5.

17. Select Baby Mode by pressing the Mode Select key. The Baby indicator lights, and the Set Temperature display activates and defaults to 97.7°F

(36.5°C). In addition, the Baby Temperature indicator flashes, and the alarm sounds.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.5.

18. Press the Silence/Reset key. The alarm sound stops, and the Baby

Temperature indicator remains on.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.17.

19. Raise the baby skin temperature probe reading until it exceeds the set temperature by at least 1°C. The Baby Temperature indicator flashes, and the alarm sounds.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.17.

NOTE:

Make sure the baby skin temperature probe is reading accurate temperature by placing it on top of a calibrated thermometer while performing function checks.

20. Press the Silence/Reset key. The alarm sound stops for 10 minutes, and the

Baby Temperature indicator remains on.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.11.

2



Function Checks


21. Lower the baby skin temperature probe reading until it is below the set temperature by at least 1°C. The Baby Temperature indicator flashes, and the alarm sounds.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.17.

22. Press the Silence/Reset key. The alarm sound stops for 10 minutes, and the

Baby Temperature indicator remains on.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.11.

23. Check Temperature Override Mode: a. Press the up arrow key to raise the set temperature to 98.6°F (37.0°C).

b. Press the > 37°C key.

The >37°C indicator comes on.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.11.

24. Perform the following: a. Press the up arrow key again to raise the set temperature to 100.4°F

(38.0°C).

b. Press the down arrow key to lower the set temperature to below 98.6°F

(37.0°C).

When the set temperature falls below 98.6°F (37.0°C), the >37°C indicator goes off.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.11.

25. Disconnect the baby skin temperature probe from the Skin Temperature

Probe connector. The Baby Temperature display goes off, the Probe indicator flashes, and the alarm sounds.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.12.

26. Connect the baby skin temperature probe to the Skin Temperature Probe connector, and press the Start/Stop key. The Apgar Timer display comes on and begins counting up from 0 seconds.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.13.

27. When the Apgar Timer display reaches 1:00 minute, the alarm beeps once.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.13.



Function Checks


28. Press the Start/Stop key. The Apgar timer count stops.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.5.

29. Press the Reset key. The Apgar timer display goes off.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.5.

30. Press the Examination Light key. The examination light comes on.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.5.

31. Press the Examination Light key again. The examination light goes off.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.5.

32. Check the Power Fail alarm: a. Turn off the circuit breaker on the rear panel.

The Power Fail indicator comes on, and the alarm sounds.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.4.

NOTE:

The unit must be connected to the AC line, and the power turned on for at least

8 minutes before the Power Fail circuitry becomes active.

33. Perform the following: a. Turn on the circuit breaker.

b. Turn on the Power switch.

c. Raise the reading on the Skin Temperature display until it is

≥

39°C

(102°F).

The heater automatically shuts off, the High Temperature indicator flashes, and the alarm sounds continuously.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.11.

34. Lower the skin temperature reading on the display until it is

≤

101.3°F

(38.5°C), or press the Silence/Reset key. The High Temperature indicator stops flashing, and the alarm turns off.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.11.

2



Function Checks


Mechanical

1. Depending upon the model of the tilt mechanism, perform one of the following test Methods: a. Support the rear lower edge of the bassinet assembly (A) with the palm

of your hand (see figure 2-1 on page 2-9).

• Pull up on the mattress tilt control lever (B) located at the bottom rear of the bassinet assembly (A).

• Place the bassinet assembly (A) in the 5° and 10° tilt positions.

• Return the bassinet assembly (A) to the level position.

The bassinet tilt control functions properly.

Yes No

↓ →

Replace the bassinet.

b. Check the Vari-tilt control (not available in United States):

• Rotate the Vari-tilt knob (not shown) in the front of the bassinet clockwise through the entire range from 0° to 10°.

• Rotate the Vari-tilt knob in the front of the bassinet counter-clockwise through the entire range from 0° to 10°.

The bassinet tilt control functions properly.

Yes No

↓ →

Replace the bassinet.



Function Checks


Figure 2-1. Cart Assembly

2



Function Checks


2. Perform the following: a. Raise each side panel (C), and pivot them to hang straight down.

b. Return each side panel (C) to its upright position, and make sure that they are positively engaged to confine the infant.

The side panels are positively engaged to confine the infant.

Yes No

↓ →

Replace the bassinet side panel.

c. Raise the front panel (D), and slide it under the mattress (E).

d. Return the front panel (D) to its upright position, and make sure that it is positively engaged to confine the infant.

The front panel is positively engaged to confine the infant.

Yes No

↓ →

Replace the bassinet front panel or corner brackets.

3. With the bassinet in the level position. Slide the pass-through drawer (F) in and out on both sides of the cart assembly, and then return it to its center position.

The pass-through drawer functions properly.

Yes No

↓ →

Replace the pass-through drawer.

WARNING:

For effective heating, make sure that the warmer head assembly is properly positioned on the center axis, and is locked with a detent.

Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage.

WARNING:

Push on the sides of the Warmer Module. Do not touch under the

Warmer Module. Personal injury could occur.

4. Rotate the warmer head assembly (G) 90° to the left and right of center,

and then return it to its center position (see figure 2-2 on page 2-11).

The Warmer Module swivels properly.

Yes No

↓ →

Replace the Warmer Module.



Function Checks


Figure 2-2. Warmer Head Assembly

2

5. For units with an x-ray cassette tray accessory, perform the following: a. Grasp the middle of a side panel (C), and pull the x-ray cassette tray out

from under the bassinet assembly (A) (see figure 2-1 on page 2-9).

b. Return the x-ray cassette tray to its position under the bassinet assembly (A).

The x-ray cassette tray functions properly.

Yes No

↓ →

Replace the x-ray cassette tray.

6. For units with a writing surface: a. Pull the writing surface out from under the bassinet.

b. Return the writing surface by reversing the procedure.

The writing surface functions properly.

Yes No

↓ →

Replace the writing surface.



Function Checks


7. For units with an instrument tray accessory, swing the instrument tray out from under the bassinet assembly (A).

The instrument tray functions properly.

Yes No

↓ →

Replace the instrument tray.

8. If the unit is a Resuscitaire Birthing Room Warmer, check the cart/bassinet

docking mechanism (L) and caster locks (M) (see figure 2-3 on page 2-13):

a. Undock the cart/bassinet (N).

b. Depress the caster locks (M), and check that they keep the cart (N) from moving.

c. Release the caster locks (M), and dock the cart/bassinet (N).

d. Pull on the cart/bassinet (N) to ensure that it is latched properly.

The cart/bassinet (N) docking mechanism (L) and caster locks (M) function properly.

Yes No

↓ →

Replace the docking mechanism or caster.



Function Checks


Figure 2-3. Resuscitaire Birthing Room Warmer

2



Function Checks


WARNING:

For optimum stability, always lower the variable height adjustment on the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer to its lowest position prior to transport. If installed, ensure that items placed on the shelves are properly secured. Failure to do so could result in infant injury, personal injury, or equipment damage.

9. Check the VHA stand (Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer only): a. Press the upper portion of the switch on the right side of the lower post until the upper post raises to its maximum height.

b. Press and hold the lower portion of the switch until the upper post lowers to its minimum height.

c. Press the upper portion of the switch on the left side of the lower post until the upper post rises to its maximum height.

d. Press and hold the lower portion of the switch until the upper post lowers to its minimum height.

e. Verify that the upper post operates smoothly, and adjust it to the desired height.

Resuscitation Equipment (Optional)

WARNING:

For prolonged ventilation, use a heat and moisture exchanger. Failure to do so could result in personal injury or equipment damage.

WARNING:

Always monitor airway pressure and provide appropriate pressure relief during resuscitation. Excessive air pressure can cause damage to the patient’s lungs.

Supply Pressure

1. The oxygen (and air) pipeline(s) are securely attached to the appropriate fittings on the rear of the unit, and the gas supply present has 47 psi

(324 kPa) to 60 psi (415 kPa) of pressure.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.27.

2. If using a reserve gas supply from cylinders, perform the following:



Function Checks

Chapter 2: Troubleshooting Procedures a. Ensure that each cylinder is properly secured on the rear of the warmer and that the cylinder valve located on the top of the cylinder is open.

b. Examine the appropriate cylinder pressure gauges on the front of the upper column to ensure that a sufficient reserve gas supply is present.

c. Set the handle of the gas supply on/off switch to the on position.

Each cylinder is properly secured, the cylinder valves are open, and a sufficient reserve gas supply is present.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.28.

3. Set the gas supply On/Off switch to the on position.

Blended Gas Supply (Optional)

WARNING:

If either the air or oxygen gas source pressure is reduced or increased, creating a pressure differential of 30 psi ± 5 psi (207 kPa ± 34 kPa), the microblender alarm sounds. This condition significantly alters the FiO

2 and flow output from the microblender. Personal injury could occur.

WARNING:

Always operate the low flow microblender with clean and dry medicalgrade gases. Failure to do so could result in personal injury or equipment damage.

WARNING:

Use air inlet filters with the low flow microblender. Failure to do so could result in personal injury or equipment damage.

WARNING:

Monitor the concentration of oxygen provided and the partial pressure of oxygen within the patient’s blood (PaO

2

). Failure to do so could result in personal injury or equipment damage.

1. Perform the following: a. If present, set the precision Blender Module to the desired percentage of oxygen concentration using the Blender Module control knob.

b. Remove either the oxygen or air supply (pipeline or cylinder).

2



Function Checks


The Blender Module alarm sounds.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.25.

2. Return the oxygen or air supply, and set the Blender Module to the desired percentage of oxygen concentration. The desired percentage of oxygen concentration is within the specified range of 20.8% to 100%.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.26.

Suction

CAUTION:

To prevent blocking or damaging the suction hose when installing the disposable suction bottle, position the outlet port parallel to the plate.

Failure to do so may result in equipment damage.

3. For units with a Resuscitation Module assembly, perform the following: a. A clean, reusable or disposable, suction bottle (H) is installed and properly connected in the resuscitation equipment storage compartment

(I) at the front of the unit (see figure 2-4 on page 2-18).

Yes No

↓ →

Install and properly connect a clean suction bottle (H).

NOTE:

A bacterial filter is built-in on the disposable suction bottle.

b. For a reusable suction bottle (H), a bacterial filter is connected in-line with the supply connection to the reusable suction bottle (H).

Yes No

↓ →

Connect a bacterial filter in-line with the supply connection to the reusable suction bottle (H).

c. Connect the desired extension tubing (J) to the outlet of the outlet port on the suction bottle (H), and secure the free end of the extension tubing (J) in either tubing retaining slot (K) provided on the front panel

(D) of the bassinet assembly (A).

NOTE:

Due to the flow resistance of the hydrophobic filter and suction tubing, there may be an initial reading of up to 30 mm Hg (16"H

2

O) on the suction gauge. d. Turn on the Suction On/Off switch.



Function Checks


NOTE:

The hydrophobic filter and suction tubing resistance does not affect the desired maximum pressure value. The pressure value of the suction gauge matches the actual pressure value at the end of the catheter.

e. Block the patient outlet of the suction bottle (H).

2



Function Checks


Figure 2-4. Cart Assembly



Function Checks

Chapter 2: Troubleshooting Procedures f.

Using the Suction Min/Max control, adjust the suction magnitude while viewing the suction level on the suction gauge until the desired maximum suction pressure value is achieved.

The desired maximum suction pressure value is achieved.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.23.

g. Turn off the Suction On/Off switch.

4. For units with a Resuscitation Module not having the AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator, perform the following using the manual resuscitation patient breathing circuit (10 mm tubing with a thumb hole at the patient’s end):

WARNING:

There are potential hazards associated with the delivery of supplemental oxygen. If it is necessary to administer oxygen, notify the attending physician immediately. Failure to do so could result in personal injury or equipment damage.

a. Connect the patient breathing circuit to the patient outlet.

b. Using the patient supply Flow Rate (LPM) control, adjust the flow rate to the desired fresh gas flow rate.

The measured Patient Gas Supply flow falls within the specification of

± 3% of full scale or 10% of the setting.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.27.

c. Perform one of the following:

• Set the adjustable airway pressure relief control to the desired pressure limit according to the color-coded bands on the airway pressure gauge and airway pressure relief control.

• Insert a T-fitting with an airway pressure monitor port into the patient outlet port, and connect it to the airway pressure fitting to indicate the breathing circuit pressure.

Adjust the airway pressure relief control as necessary. (This does not apply to the RM2001 which does not have an adjustable airway pressure relief.)

The pressure relief control is within the specification of 50 cm H

2

O ± 10 cm H

2

O (5 kPa ± 1 kPa).

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.28.

2



Function Checks


5. For units with a Resuscitation Module having an AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator, perform the following using the automatic patient circuit

10 mm tubing that is 10 mm with an exhalation valve and exhalation valve control line tubing): a. Turn Off the AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator circuit.

b. Connect the automatic patient circuit to the patient outlet connector, and connect the exhalation valve control line tubing to the exhalation valve connector.

c. Using the patient supply flow rate (LPM) control, adjust the flow rate to the desired fresh gas flow rate.

The measured Patient Gas Supply flow falls within the specification of

± 3% of full scale or 10% of the setting.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.27.

d. Using the Airway Pressure Relief control, set the desired airway pressure limit, block the exhaust and patient ports on the exhalation valve of the automatic patient circuit, and check the fixed internal airway pressure relief valve.

NOTE:

To check the pressure limit, observe the airway pressure gauge.

The Pressure Relief gauge meets the specification of 50 cm H

2

O

± 10 cm H

2

O (5 kPa ± 1 kPa).

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.28.

e. Turn On the AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator circuit.

f.

Adjust the breath rate (BPM) control to 18 breaths-per-minute.

g. Block the patient port of the automatic patient circuit, and set the positive end expiratory pressure (PEEP) threshold. Do not block the exhalation valve exhaust port, and observe the PEEP indicated on the airway pressure gauge. Using the PEEP control, adjust the desired

PEEP.

h. To check the inspiratory/expiratory (I/E) ratio, measure the inspiratory and expiratory phase times, and express as the ratio of inspiratory phase time to expiratory phase time (I:E).

The I/E ratio is approximately 1:2.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.29.



Final Actions

Chapter 2: Troubleshooting Procedures i.

To check the desired breaths-per-minute (BPM) rate, count the number of breath cycles per minute.

The BPM rate is within the specified 10 BPM to 60 BPM.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.30.

6. For units with the auxiliary flow providing 100% oxygen only, perform the following: a. Connect the desired device to be supplied by the auxiliary flow circuit to the Auxiliary Outlet connector.

b. Using the auxiliary flow (LPM) control, adjust the desired auxiliary flow, and check for proper flow.

Auxiliary flow functions properly.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to RAP 2.27.

7. Go to “Final Actions” on page 2-21.

Final Actions

1. Complete the required preventive maintenance procedures. See

“Preventive Maintenance” on page 6-40.

2. Complete all required administrative tasks.

2



Troubleshooting


Troubleshooting

WARNING:

Only facility-authorized personnel should troubleshoot the

Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer products. Troubleshooting by unauthorized personnel could result in personal injury or equipment damage.

For troubleshooting of the equipment, refer to the table 2-1 on page 2-22. If

you cannot localize the fault, remove the unit from use, and refer it to factorytrained or other qualified service personnel.

Symptom

There is no power, and the

Power Fail alarm does not activate.

The Power Fail activates.

alarm

The System Fail alarm activates. An error code appears.

The System Fail alarm activates. No error code appears.

Table 2-1. Troubleshooting

Possible Cause Corrective Action

The circuit breaker on the power input is not set to ON.

Set the circuit breaker to ON.

Allow the warmer to run with power ON for >3 minutes to charge the supercap.

Reset the circuit breaker.

The circuit breaker on the power input is tripped.

The power cord is unplugged. Plug the power cord into the

POWER connector on the power input.

The power cord is damaged.

Replace the power cord.

There is an internal malfunction.

Refer to “System Error

Codes” on page 2-71.

There was a prolonged brown-out.

Check AC source.

There was a prolonged brown-out.

The skin probe was heated too rapidly or is too close to the heater element.

Replace the Power and

Control P.C. Board (PCB2)

(refer to procedure 4.10).

Move the skin probe to the correct location.



Troubleshooting


Symptom

The Blender Module alarm activates

Possible Cause

Oxygen and/or air is disconnected.

Corrective Action

Connect the oxygen and/or air.

The Probe Fail activates.

“Lo” appears in the baby display.

alarm

Either the oxygen and/or air tank may not be opened.

Pressure differential between the oxygen and air supplies exceed 30 psi ± 2 psi

(207 kPa ± 14 kPa).

The skin temperature probe has become detached from the infant.

The skin temperature probe is damaged.

The skin temperature probe has become disconnected.

The skin temperature probe connector has become damaged.

The skin temperature probe reads < 18° C.

Check cylinder gauge.

Adjust oxygen or air pressure to correct setting.

Connect the skin temperature probe to the infant’s skin. If the skin temperature probe is plugged into the probe receptacle, the tip of the probe must be in contact with the infant’s skin. If not, remove the skin probe.

Ensure that the skin temperature probe is in good contact with the skin. If the problem still exists, replace the skin temperature probe.

Connect the skin temperature probe.

Replace the skin temperature probe connector.

The heater does not turn ON. Heating element is open.

Warm up the skin temperature probe, then recycle the warmer’s power.

Ensure connectors are firmly attached. If problem still exists, replace the heating element.

Go to RAP 2.20.

The Pre-Warm Mode is not activated upon a system reset.


The system is in Diagnostic

Mode.


Exit Diagnostic Mode by pressing the reset button.

Replace the Power and

Control P.C. Board (PCB2)


2



Troubleshooting


Symptom

The heater is ON, but the indicators are OFF.

Possible Cause



Replace the Display P.C.

Board (PCB1) (refer to procedure 4.10).

Go to RAP 2.23.

Cannot obtain the desired suction pressure.

Suction jar rim gasket is worn.

Suction jar is loose or chipped.

Connecting hose is bent or tangled.

The hose is leaking between the regulator and the bottle.

Pressure or suction gauge is not measuring correctly.

Blender Module knob is loose.

Blender Module O

2 concentration setting does not match the Blender

Module setting.

Go to RAP 2.24.

Blender Module output mixture is outside the specified range (20.8% to

100%)

Blender Module has failed.

Air inlet H or clogged.

2

O filter is missing

Go to RAP 2.26.

Patient Gas Supply measured flow is outside of the specified ± 3% of full scale or 10% of setting.

Patient Gas Supply pressure relief gauge exceeds

50cmH

2

O ± 10cmH

2

O

(5 kPa ± 1 kPa)

(Resuscitation Module without AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator).

AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator measured breaths-per-minute (BPM) is outside of the specified range.

Blender Module has failed.

Dirty or clogged air/O

2

hose. Go to RAP 2.27.

Pressure relief valve has failed.


Go to RAP 2.28.

Go to RAP 2.30.



Troubleshooting


Symptom

The Inspiratory/Expiratory

(I/E) Ratio is Greater Than

1:2.4 and Less Than 1.6:1,

1:1

Possible Cause

Resuscitation Module has failed.


Go to RAP 2.29.

2




NOTES:



2.1 Off-Line Diagnostic Tests


2.1

Off-Line Diagnostic Tests

NOTE:

The Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer front panels are shown throughout the

Diagnostic Tests. All of the front panels will operate in the same manner.

The off-line diagnostic tests are embedded in the software. When the off-line

Diagnostic Mode is invoked, the user can sequence through a series of 18 tests using the Up and Down arrow keys, and view the results on the front panel.

NOTE:

The number corresponding to the active diagnostic test always appears on the

Set Temperature display, except for test #3.

1. To access the off-line Diagnostic Mode, perform the following: a. Turn the AC power on, and simultaneously press the Up and Down arrow keys. b. Hold both keys until the initial phase of the Self-Test is complete.

c. When the off-line Diagnostic Mode is successfully accessed, the front

panel LEDs change to a special default pattern (see figure 2-5 on page

2-28). Once this pattern appears, release the Up and Down arrow keys

for the remaining phases of the Self-Test.

d. When all phases of the Self-Test are complete, a 1 appears in the Set

Temperature display, indicating that the first test is active.

2



2.1 Off-Line Diagnostic Tests


Figure 2-5. Diagnostic Mode Start-Up Display



2.2 Diagnostic Test #1—Software Level Display


2.2

Diagnostic Test #1—Software Level Display

NOTE:



This test displays the version and revision level of the software.

1. Access the off-line Diagnostic Mode (refer to RAP 2.1). At Diagnostic Test

#1, the software version and revision level appear on the Baby

Temperature

display (see figure 2-6 on page 2-29).

Yes No

↓ →

Replace the Display P.C. Board (PCB1) (refer to procedure

4.10). If this solves the problem, go to “Final Actions” on page

2-21. Otherwise, call Technical Support for assistance.

2. Perform one of the following:

• To access additional diagnostic tests, press the Up or Down arrow keys.

• To exit Diagnostic Mode, turn the unit off and then on, and go to “Final

Actions” on page 2-21.

Figure 2-6. Software Level Display

2



2.2 Diagnostic Test #1—Software Level Display


NOTES:



2.3 Diagnostic Test #2—ROM Device Checksum Display


2.3

Diagnostic Test #2—ROM Device Checksum Display

NOTE:



This test displays the Read Only Memory (ROM) device checksum. The checksum is shown as a hexadecimal number on the Baby Temperature display. It is identical to the four digits reported by the DATA I/O programmer during a verify or copy operation, and is also printed on the ROM label.


#2, the checksum appears on the Baby Temperature

display (see figure 2-

7 on page 2-31).

Yes No

↓ →


4.10). If this solves the problem, go to step 2. Otherwise, call

Technical Support for assistance.

Figure 2-7. ROM Device Checksum Display

2



2.3 Diagnostic Test #2—ROM Device Checksum Display








2.4 Diagnostic Test #3—Power Fail Test


2.4

Diagnostic Test #3—Power Fail Test

NOTE:



This test verifies the operation of the Power Fail circuit.


#3, all of the LEDs are on (see figure 2-8 on page 2-33).

Yes No

↓ →




Figure 2-8. Power Fail Test Display

2

2. The Power Fail LED blinks.

Yes No

↓ →

Perform RAP 2.15. If this solves the problem, go to step 4.

Otherwise, go to step 3.

3. The Power Fail LED blinks.



2.4 Diagnostic Test #3—Power Fail Test


Yes No

↓ →

Replace the Power and Control P.C. Board (PCB2) (refer to procedure 4.10). If this solves the problem, go to step 4.

Otherwise, call Technical Support for assistance.

4. The piezo alarm sounds at 1 second intervals.

Yes No

↓ →

Replace the piezo alarm on the fan assembly. If this solves the

problem, go to step 7. Otherwise, go to step 6.

5. Go to step 7.

6. Replace the Power and Control P.C. Board (PCB2) (refer to procedure

4.10). This solves the problem.

Yes No

↓ →

For assistance, call Technical Support.







2.5 Diagnostic Test #4—Key Check


2.5

Diagnostic Test #4—Key Check

NOTE:



This test checks for keypad failures. In order to prove the operation of the keys, a total of seven zeroes appear in the Apgar Timer and Baby Temperature displays. Pressing any of the keys on the front panel momentarily causes the nearest 0 to change to a 1 .


#4, press the Apgar Start/Stop key. The corresponding segments of the display toggle between 0 and 1

(see figure 2-9 on page 2-35).

Yes No

↓ →




Figure 2-9. Key Check Display

2

2. Press the Silence/Reset key. The corresponding segments of the display toggle between 0 and 1 .





Yes No

↓ →




3. Press the Mode Select key. The corresponding segments of the display toggle between 0 and 1 .

Yes No

↓ →




4. Press the > 37°C key. The corresponding segments of the display toggle between 0 and 1 .

Yes No

↓ →








5. Press the °C/°F key. The corresponding segments of the display toggle between 0 and 1 .

Yes No

↓ →




6. Press the Keypad Lock key. The corresponding segments of the display toggle between 0 and 1 .

Yes No

↓ →








2



2.6 Diagnostic Test #5—Heater Duty Cycle Test


2.6

Diagnostic Test #5—Heater Duty Cycle Test

NOTE:



This test displays the current AC heater duty cycle percentage applied to

achieve 600 Watts of power in the following power ranges (see table 2-2 on page 2-38).

Heater Voltage

100V

120V

220V

Table 2-2. Heater Duty Cycle

Power Range

90V AC to 110V AC

100V AC to 135V AC

190V AC to 235V AC

1. To verify the AC line voltage, go to RAP 2.7. For a list of AC line voltage

correction percentage values, see table 2-3 on page 2-39.


#5, press the °C/°F key. The calculated AC line voltage correction percentage appears on the Baby Temperature


Yes No

↓ →

If no value appears on the Baby Temperature display, replace

the Display P.C. Board (PCB1) (refer to procedure 4.10). If a

value different from the value in table 2-3 on page 2-39 appears,

go to “Diagnostic Test #6—Heater/Relays AC Line Voltage

Display” on page 2-41. If this solves the problem, go to step 3.










Figure 2-10. Heater Duty Cycle Test Display

2

Table 2-3. AC Line Voltage Correction Percentages

100 V Model

Correction

Percentage

72

73

75

76

67

68

69

71

78

79

81

83

120 V Model

AC Line

Voltage

106

105

104

103

110

109

108

107

102

101

100

99

Correction

Percentage

71

72

73

74

66

67

68

69

75

76

77

79

240 V Model

AC Line

Voltage

131

130

129

128

135

134

133

132

127

126

125

124

Correction

Percentage

58

58

59

59

56

57

57

58

60

60

61

61

220 V Model

AC Line

Voltage

261

259

258

257

264

263

262

261

256

255

254

253

Correction

Percentage

AC Line

Voltage

77

79

80

80

75

76

77

77

81 220

82 219

82

83

218

217

225

223

222

221

228

227

226

225





100 V Model

Correction

Percentage

92

94

96

98

100

84

86

88

90

120 V Model

AC Line

Voltage

94

93

92

91

90

98

97

96

95

Correction

Percentage

98

100

100

100

91

93

95

96

100

100

85

87

88

90

80

81

83

84

240 V Model

Correction

Percentage

68

69

69

70

66

66

67

67

64

64

65

65

62

62

63

63

73

73

74

75

70

71

72

72

AC Line

Voltage

111

110

109

108

115

114

113

112

107

105

119

118

117

116

123

122

121

120

220 V Model

AC Line

Voltage

240

239

238

237

244

243

242

241

248

247

246

245

252

251

250

249

232

231

230

229

236

235

234

233

Correction

Percentage

94

95

96

97

91

91

92

93

87

88

89

90

84

85

86

86

98

99

100

AC Line

Voltage

204

203

202

201

208

207

206

205

212

211

210

209

216

215

214

213

200

199

198



2.7 Diagnostic Test #6—Heater/Relays AC Line Voltage Display


2.7

Diagnostic Test #6—Heater/Relays AC Line Voltage Display

NOTE:



This test displays the calculated AC line voltage by measuring the current through the Solid State Relay #1 (K4) and Solid State Relay #2 (K3). The calculated line voltage is shown on the Baby Temperature display. The status of the safety relay (K1) is shown on the Apgar Timer display.


#6, at the Apgar Timer display, the status of the safety relay is initially

Off .

Yes No

↓ →

Replace the Power and Control P.C. Board (PCB2) (refer to

procedure 4.10). If this solves the problem, go to step 2.


2. Press the °C/°F key. The status of the safety relay is On


Yes No

↓ →




2





Figure 2-11. Safety Relay AC Line Voltage Display

3. Test the Solid State Relay #1 by pressing the Mode key. The calculated AC line voltage appears on the Baby Temperature display and the quartz heater turns on for approximately 40 seconds, then Solid State Relay #1

automatically switches off (see figure 2-12 on page 2-43).

• Make a note of the displayed voltage shown for Solid State Relay #1.





Figure 2-12. Solid State Relay #1 AC Line Voltage Display

2

4. Test the Solid State Relay #2 (K3) by pressing the >37°C key. The calculated AC line voltage appears on the Baby Temperature display and the quartz heater turns on for approximately 40 seconds, then Solid State

Relay #2 switching off, (see figure 2-13 on page 2-44).

• Make a note of the displayed voltage shown for Solid State Relay #1.

Compare the voltages in step 3 and step 4. If both voltages display 000 volts,

replace the quartz heater element (refer to procedure 4.7).





Both of the displayed voltages are within 2 volts of each other.

Yes No

↓ →

Replace the Power and Control P.C. Board (PCB2) (refer to procedure 4.10). If this solves the problem, go to step 5.

Figure 2-13. Solid State Relay #2 AC Line Voltage Display

110V

120V

230V

5. See whether the calculated AC line voltage in the Baby Temperature

display is within ± 10% of the rated line voltage shown in table 2-4 on page

2-44.

Rated Line Voltage Range

Table 2-4. Rated Line Voltage

Displayed Heater Voltage

99V to 121V

108V to 132V

207V to 253V

The AC line voltage is within ± 10% of the rated line voltage.





Yes No

↓ →

Make sure that the power source is in compliance with the electrical specification of the system by performing the

calibration procedure (refer to procedure ). If this solves the

problem, go to step 6. Otherwise, call Technical Support for

assistance.

6. Perform the following:




2



2.8 Diagnostic Test #7—EEPROM Status Test


2.8

Diagnostic Test #7—EEPROM Status Test

NOTE:



This test displays a four-bit hexadecimal number that indicates the status of the

EEPROM. The status flag is shown on the Baby Temperature display. Under normal conditions, the status flag is 001 , indicating that the logic is functioning properly. On occasion, however, the status flag 008 appears, indicating the initialization of a new EEPROM device or a write-failure recovery. For a

description of the known status flags, see table 2-5 on page 2-46.

000

001

002

004

008

Status Flag

Table 2-5. Status Flags

Description

EEPROM data block was never initialized.

A valid EEPROM data block was found at initialization.

Multiple EEPROM blocks were found at initialization.

An unrecoverable EEPROM write failure occurred.

A bulk erase operation was performed.


#7, the status of the EEPROM on the Baby Temperature display is either

001 or 008


Yes No

↓ →










2.8 Diagnostic Test #7—EEPROM Status Test


Figure 2-14. EEPROM Status Test Display

2



2.9 Diagnostic Test #8—Unit Configuration Display


2.9

Diagnostic Test #8—Unit Configuration Display

NOTE:



This test displays the unit configuration as read from the jumpers JP5 and JP6

on the Power and Control P.C. Board (PCB2) (refer to procedure 4.10). For a

listing of the correct unit configurations, see table 2-6 on page 2-48.

On

Off

Off

On

JP5

On

Off

On

Off

Table 2-6. Unit Configuration

JP6

Unit

Configuration

Front Panel

Display

100V, 50/60 Hz 100

120V, 50/60 Hz 120

220V, 50 Hz P220

220V, 50/60 Hz 220


#8, the front panel display agrees with the unit’s jumper configuration (see figure 2-15 on page 2-49).

Yes No

↓ →










2.9 Diagnostic Test #8—Unit Configuration Display


Figure 2-15. Unit Configuration Display

2



2.10 Diagnostic Test #9—ADC Offset/Gain Display


2.10 Diagnostic Test #9—ADC Offset/Gain Display

NOTE:



This test displays the ADC gain and offset on the Apgar Timer and Baby

Temperature display, respectively. The external ADC reads the probe channels, the probe calibration, and the ambient temperature.

If the ADC gain is lower than 4085 , FAIL appears on the Apgar Timer display instead. If the offset is higher than 7 , FAIL appears on the Baby

Temperature display.


#9, the gain is a number between 4085 and 4095

(see figure 2-16 on page

2-51).

Yes No

↓ →




2. The offset is a number between 0 and 7 .

Yes No

↓ →










2.10 Diagnostic Test #9—ADC Offset/Gain Display


Figure 2-16. ADC Offset/Gain Display

2



2.11 Diagnostic Test #10—Ambient Temperature Probe Display


2.11 Diagnostic Test #10—Ambient Temperature Probe Display

NOTE:



This test displays the ambient probe temperatures. The Ambient Temperature

Probe 1 is shown on the Baby Temperature display. The Ambient

Temperature Probe 2 is shown on the Apgar Timer display. If there is no ambient temperature probe, the number value 17.67 ± 0.03

appears on the

Baby Temperature or Apgar Timer display.

NOTE:

The number value 17.67 ± 0.03

is the rail value (no probe attached value).


#10, the ambient temperatures for Probe 1 and Probe 2 appear on the Baby

Temperature and Apgar Timer

displays, respectively (see figure 2-17 on page 2-53).

Yes No

↓ →

If no value appears on either display, replace the Display P.C.

Board (PCB1) (refer to procedure 4.10). If this solves the


assistance.

2. The value 17.7

appears on the Baby Temperature or Apgar Timer displays.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to step 4.

3. Probe 1 or Probe 2 is connected.

Yes No

↓ →

Connect the disconnected probe. If this solves the problem, go to

step 4. Otherwise, call Technical Support for assistance.

4. The difference in the ambient probe temperatures displayed is less than

0.4°C (0.7°F).

Yes No

↓ →

Inspect for damaged or loose ambient temperature probes. If necessary, replace the ambient temperature probe. If this solves

the problem, go to step 5. Otherwise, call Technical Support for

assistance.



2.11 Diagnostic Test #10—Ambient Temperature Probe Display






Figure 2-17. Ambient Temperature Probe Display 2



2.12 Diagnostic Test #11—Skin Probe Temperature Display


2.12 Diagnostic Test #11—Skin Probe Temperature Display

NOTE:



This test displays the temperature of Skin Probe 1 on the Baby Temperature display and the temperature of Skin Probe 2 on the Apgar Timer display. If there is no skin temperature probe, the value 17.67 ± 0.03

, the rail value (no probe attached value), appears on the Baby Temperature or Apgar Timer displays. This value also appears if a problem exists.


#11, attach the skin probe to the body surface. The temperatures of Skin

Probe 1 and Skin Probe 2 appear on the Baby Temperature and Apgar

Timer


Yes No

↓ →




2. The value 17.67 ± 0.03

appears on the Baby Temperature or Apgar

Timer display.

Yes No

↓ →

Go to step 4.

3. Probe 1 or Probe 2 is connected.

Yes No

↓ →

Connect the baby skin temperature probe. If this solves the


assistance.

4. The difference in the skin probe temperatures displayed is less than 0.4°C

(0.7°F).

Yes No

↓ →

Inspect for damaged or loose skin temperature probe or damaged skin probe receptacle. If necessary, replace the skin temperature

probe. If this solves the problem, go to step 5. Otherwise, call




2.12 Diagnostic Test #11—Skin Probe Temperature Display


Figure 2-18. Skin Probe Temperature Display

2







2.13 Diagnostic Test #12—Skin Probe Display Temperature Accuracy


2.13 Diagnostic Test #12—Skin Probe Display Temperature

Accuracy

NOTE:



This test displays the accuracy temperature of Skin Probe 1 on the Baby

Temperature display, and the accuracy temperature of Skin Probe 2 on the

Apgar Timer display. Both displays should read 36.00°C ± 0.05°C .


#12, the accuracy temperatures of Skin Probe 1 and Skin Probe 2 appear on the Baby Temperature and Apgar Timer


Yes No

↓ →




2. Both displays read 36.00°C ± 0.05°C .

Yes No

↓ →

Adjust the temperature sensor for Skin Probe 1 and Skin Probe

2 (see “Calibrating the Controller Assembly” on page 6-18). If

this solves the problem, go to step 3. Otherwise, call Technical

Support for assistance.







2.13 Diagnostic Test #12—Skin Probe Display Temperature Accuracy


Figure 2-19. Skin Probe Display Temperature Accuracy

2



2.14 Diagnostic Test #13—Logic Voltage Display


2.14 Diagnostic Test #13—Logic Voltage Display

NOTE:



This test displays the CPU voltage on the Baby Temperature display. The displayed value should be in the range of 5.100V DC ± 0.1V DC.


#13, the CPU voltage appears on the Baby Temperature


Yes No

↓ →




2. The CPU voltage value displayed is in the range of 5.100V DC ± 0.1V DC .

Yes No

↓ →

Check the voltage from the DC power supply (see “Verifying the

DC Power Requirements” on page 6-32). If this solves the


assistance.







2.14 Diagnostic Test #13—Logic Voltage Display


Figure 2-20. Logic Voltage Display

2



2.15 Diagnostic Test #14—Supercap Voltage Display


2.15 Diagnostic Test #14—Supercap Voltage Display

NOTE:



This test displays the supercap voltage of the Power Fail detection circuit on the Baby Temperature display. The displayed value should be in the range of

3.750V DC to 5.300V DC .


#14, the supercap voltage appears on the Baby Temperature


NOTE:

It may take up to 5 minutes to charge the supercap.

Yes No

↓ →




2. The supercap charging voltage displayed is between 3.750V DC to

5.300V DC.

Yes No

↓ →










2.15 Diagnostic Test #14—Supercap Voltage Display


Figure 2-21. Supercap Voltage Display

2



2.16 Diagnostic Test #15—Watchdog Timer Test


2.16 Diagnostic Test #15—Watchdog Timer Test

NOTE:



This test initiates a watchdog timer time-out. Perform this test last since it restarts the system in normal operation.


#15, press the °C/°F

key. The system resets (see figure 2-22 on page 2-63).

Yes No

↓ →




2. Turn the unit off and then on, and simultaneously press the Up and Down arrow keys.




2.16 Diagnostic Test #15—Watchdog Timer Test


Figure 2-22. Watchdog Timer Test Display

2



2.17 Diagnostic Test #16—Speaker Test


2.17 Diagnostic Test #16—Speaker Test

NOTE:



This test activates the speaker test. Once the test is activated, test the three ranges of the speaker volume—low, mid-range, and high—by pressing the

°C/°F key.


#16, OFF appears in the Baby Temperature


Figure 2-23. Speaker Test Off Display

Page 2 - 64

Yes No

↓ →




2. Press the °C/°F

key. The Low Volume speaker test activates (see figure 2-

24 on page 2-65).





Figure 2-24. Speaker Test On Display

2

Yes No

↓ →




3. Press the °C/°F key again. The Mid-Range Volume speaker test activates.

Yes No

↓ →




4. Press the °C/°F key again. The High Volume speaker test activates.

Yes No

↓ →




5. Press the °C/°F key again. The speaker test deactivates and displays OFF

again (see figure 2-23 on page 2-64).





Yes No

↓ →









NOTES:




2



2.18 Diagnostic Test #17—Back-Up Audio Annunciation Test


2.18 Diagnostic Test #17—Back-Up Audio Annunciation Test

NOTE:



This test activates the piezo back-up audio annunciator.


#17, OFF appears on the Baby Temperature


Figure 2-25. Back-Up Audio Annunciation Test Activation Display

Page 2 - 68

Yes No

↓ →




NOTE:

The piezo alarm sounds in 1 second intervals.

2. Press the °C/°F

key. The piezo alarm activates then deactivates (see figure

2-26 on page 2-69).



2.18 Diagnostic Test #17—Back-Up Audio Annunciation Test


Figure 2-26. Back-Up Audio Annunciation Test Deactivation Display

2

Yes No

↓ →










2.19 Diagnostic Test #18—Error Log Display and Clear (Units with Firmware Version 1.05 and Higher

Only)


2.19 Diagnostic Test #18—Error Log Display and Clear (Units with

Firmware Version 1.05 and Higher Only)

NOTE:



This test displays the first four errors that may occur on the Baby Temperature display. The numbers 0:01 through 0:04 appear on the Apgar Timer display to indicate to the user the sequence in which the errors occurred. The °C/°F key enables the user to step through the error log entries. The Mode key enables the user to clear the error log.


#18, 0:01 appears on the Apgar Timer

display (see figure 2-27 on page

2-70).

Figure 2-27. Error Log Display

Page 2 - 70

Yes No

↓ →







Only)


NOTE:

If no errors have occurred, the error reference numbers, 0:01 through 0:04, appear on the Apgar Timer display after you press the °C/°F key. However, the

Baby Temperature display remains blank.

2. Press the °C/°F key. As you step through the error reference numbers, 0:01 through 0:04 , the corresponding error codes appear on the Apgar Timer display and Baby Temperature display, respectively.

Yes No

↓ →




3. If error codes appear on the Baby Temperature display, make a note of the

error numbers, refer to table 2-7 on page 2-71 for the corrective action, and then go to step 4.

4. Press the Up arrow Mode Select key. The error log clears, and the Baby

Temperature

display goes blank (see figure 2-28 on page 2-74).

System Error Codes

Table 2-7. System Error Codes

Error Number

2

3

4

5

6

7 a

Explanation

AC line voltage is too high

Solid state relay’s (SSR) path short circuits

Heater circuit failed (short circuit)

SSR #1 failed (open circuits or heater open circuits)

SSR #2 failed (open circuits or heater open circuits)

Safety Relay failed (short circuits)


Make sure that the power source is in compliance with the electrical specification of the system.

Do “Diagnostic Test #6—Heater/Relays

AC Line Voltage Display” on page 2-41.









2




Only)


Error Number

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

20

Explanation Corrective Action

AC heater current is high

Hardware detects a high temperature >39.5°C (103.1F)

Power fail circuit failure

Central processing unit (CPU) voltage is out of specification

Keypad failed

ROM test failure

Inspect the quartz tube heating element.

If necessary, replace it (refer to procedure 4.7). Otherwise, do

“Diagnostic Test #6—Heater/Relays AC

Line Voltage Display” on page 41

If the heater is on but cannot be controlled, replace the Power and

Control P.C. Board (PCB2) (refer to procedure 4.10). Otherwise, check for an

ancillary heat source.

Do “Diagnostic Test #14—Supercap

Voltage Display” on page 2-60.

Do “Diagnostic Test #13—Logic

Voltage Display” on page 2-58.

Do “Diagnostic Test #4—Key Check” on page 2-35.

Do “Diagnostic Test #2—ROM Device

Checksum Display” on page 2-31.

RAM test failure

EEPROM test failure

Do “Diagnostic Test #1—Software

Level Display” on page 2-29.

Do “Diagnostic Test #7—EEPROM

Status Test” on page 2-46.

Analog/digital (A/D) offset is out of specification

Check the 42 pin PCB1 interconnect for

damage. Otherwise, do “Diagnostic Test

#9—ADC Offset/Gain Display” on page

2-50

A/D gain is out of specification Check the 42 pin PCB1 interconnect for

damage. Otherwise, do “Diagnostic Test

#9—ADC Offset/Gain Display” on page

2-50

DELETED by software version

1.06 in 1998. Older units may still display this code.

Do “Diagnostic Test #2—ROM Device

Checksum Display” on page 2-31. Make

a note of the software revision, then call

Technical Support.

External watchdog timer failure Do “Diagnostic Test #15—Watchdog

Timer Test” on page 2-62.




Only)


Error Number

21

Explanation

Difference between ambient temperature probe 1 and 2.

Displayed temperatures exceed

0.4°C in diagnostic test # 10.


Check for damaged ambient temperature probes. The ambient temperature probe is internal, and must be attached in order for the unit to function properly.

22 36°C probe calibration error exceeds 0.2°C

Adjust the precision 5V reference (see

“Calibrating the Controller Assembly” on page 6-18).

Replace the Display P.C. Board (PCB1)


Do “Diagnostic Test #12—Skin Probe

Display Temperature Accuracy” on page

2-56.

Using an external thermometer, verify the ambient temperature.

Refer unit to service.

Refer unit to service.

NOTE:

If error code 17 appears on the display, call Technical Support for assistance.

2




Only)


Figure 2-28. Error Log Reset Display

Yes No

↓ →




5. The corresponding reference number on the Apgar Timer display returns to the first error reference number, 0:01 .

Yes No

↓ →











Only)


NOTES:

2



2.20 Heater Does Not Turn On


2.20 Heater Does Not Turn On

1. Remove and inspect the quartz heating element (A) (refer to procedure 4.7)

(see figure 2-29 on page 2-76). The quartz heating element (A) is good.

Figure 2-29. Quartz Heating Element

Page 2 - 76

Yes No

↓ →

Replace the quartz heating element (A) (refer to procedure 4.7).

If this solves the problem, go to “Final Actions” on page 2-21.

Otherwise, go to step 3.

CAUTION:

To prevent component damage, ensure that your hands are clean, and only handle the P.C. board by its edges.

CAUTION:

When handling electronic components, wear an antistatic strap. Failure to do so could result in component damage.

2. Put on an antistatic strap.



2.20 Heater Does Not Turn On


3. Inspect the connection at J4 (B) on the Power and Control P.C. Board

(PCB2) (C) (see figure 2-30 on page 2-77). The connection at J4 (B) on the

Power and Control P.C. Board (PCB2) (C) is good.

Figure 2-30. Power and Control P.C. Board (PCB 2)

2

Yes No

↓ →

With your fingers on the edge of the Power and Control P.C.

Board (PCB 2) (C), secure the connection at J4 (B). If this solves

the problem, go to “Final Actions” on page 2-21. Otherwise, go to step 4.

CAUTION:

For shipping and storage, place the removed P.C. board in an antistatic protective bag. Equipment damage can occur.

4. J4 or K1 is damaged. Replace the Power and Control P.C. Board (PCB 2)

(C) (refer to procedure 4.10). This solves the problem.

Yes No

↓ →





2.21 Pre-Warm Mode Is Not Activated Upon a Reset of the System


2.21 Pre-Warm Mode Is Not Activated Upon a Reset of the System

1. The system is out of Diagnostic Mode.

Yes No

↓ →

Reset the system to exit the Diagnostic Mode. If this solves the

problem, go to “Final Actions” on page 2-21. Otherwise, go to

step 2.

CAUTION:


CAUTION:


CAUTION:


2. The ROM Test has failed. Replace the Power and Control P.C. Board (PCB

2) located in the Controller Module (refer to procedure 4.10). This solves

the problem.

Yes No

↓ →





2.22 Heater Is On, but Indicators Are Off


2.22 Heater Is On, but Indicators Are Off

CAUTION:


CAUTION:


CAUTION:


1. The display driver is damaged. Replace the Display P.C. Board (PCB1)

located in the Controller Module (refer to procedure 4.10). This solves the

problem.

Yes No

↓ →



2



2.23 Suction Does Not Obtain Desired Pressure


2.23 Suction Does Not Obtain Desired Pressure

1. The suction jar (A) and rim gasket show no signs of wear or damage (see

figure 2-31 on page 2-80) and (see figure 2-32 on page 2-81).

Figure 2-31. Suction Jar on the Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer (WBR82)



2.23 Suction Does Not Obtain Desired Pressure


Figure 2-32. Suction Jar on the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer (RW82)

2

Yes No

↓ →

Replace the suction jar (A). If this solves the problem, go to

“Final Actions” on page 2-21. Otherwise, go to step 2.

2. The suction hose (B) is free of bends, tangles, and leaks between the regulator and the suction bottle (A).

Yes No

↓ →

Replace the suction hose (B). If this solves the problem, go to


3. The suction filter (C) is clean.

Yes No

↓ →

Replace the suction filter (C). If this solves the problem, go to


4. The pressure and suction gauges are measuring correctly.

Yes No

↓ →

Replace the Suction Module. If this solves the problem, go to

“Final Actions” on page 2-21. Otherwise, call Technical Support

for assistance.




2.24 Blender Module Oxygen Concentration Reading Does Not Match Blender Module Setting


2.24 Blender Module Oxygen Concentration Reading Does Not

Match Blender Module Setting

1. The Blender Module knob (A) is secure (see figure 2-33 on page 2-82).

Figure 2-33. Blender Module

Yes No

↓ →

With the Blender Knob (A) properly aligned, tighten the Blender

Module knob (A). If this solves the problem, go to “Final

Actions” on page 2-21. Otherwise, go to step 2.

2. Replace the Blender Module (B). This solves the problem.

Yes No

↓ →





Troubleshooting


2.25 Blender Module Sets Off Alarms

WARNING:

Cylinder heights may vary. When replacing a gas cylinder, make sure that the tank does not exceed the maximum tank height specification.

Also, prior to placing the cylinder, confirm that there is sufficient clearance between the bottom of the tank and the floor when the

Resuscitaire® Warmer variable height adjustment is in its lowest position. After these checks have been completed, raise the variable height adjustment to its maximum height and install/remove the cylinder. Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage.

1. Verify that the pipeline and/or cylinder gas flows properly. This solves the problem.

Yes No

↓ →

The input gas source has increased or decreased. Operate the low flow microblender with clean and dry medical grade gases. If

this solves the problem, go to “Final Actions” on page 2-21.



2.26 Blender Module Output Mixture Is Out of Specified Range of

20.8% to 100%

1. Use air inlet water filters. This solves the problem.

Yes No

↓ →

The Blender Module is damaged. Replace the Blender Module

(refer to procedure 4.3). If this solves the problem, go to “Final

Actions” on page 2-21. Otherwise, call Technical Support for

assistance.


2.27 Patient Gas Supply Measured Flow Is Out of Specified Range

The patient gas supply measured flow should be ± 3% of full scale or 10% of setting.

1. Replace the air/oxygen hose. This solves the problem.

Yes No

↓ →


2



Troubleshooting





Troubleshooting


2.28 Patient Gas Supply Pressure Relief Gauge Exceeds 60 cm H

2

O

± 20 cm H

2

O

1. Replace the pressure relief valve. This solves the problem.

Yes No

↓ →



2.29 AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator Inhalation/Exhalation (I/E)

Ratio Is Out of Specification

1. Replace the Resuscitation Module (refer to procedure 4.4). This solves the

problem.

Yes No

↓ →



2.30 AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator Measured Breaths-Per-

Minute (BPM) Is Out of Specified Range

The AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator measured breaths-per-minutes should be between 10 BPM to 60 BPM.

1. Replace the Resuscitation Module (refer to procedure 4.4). This solves the

problem.

Yes No

↓ →



2



Troubleshooting




Chapter 3

Theory of Operation

Introduction

Electrical System

Display P.C. Board (PCB1)

The Display P.C. Board (PCB1) contains all of the front panel switches,

display driver, and displays (see figure 3-1 on page 3-1). In addition, it

contains the dual-analog probe circuitry and an analog/digital (A/D) converter.

There are also two precision reference power supplies: one for the adjustable

5V DC, and a fixed -2.5V DC reference.

Figure 3-1. Display P.C. Board (PCB1)

3



Introduction

Chapter 3: Theory of Operation

The following potentiometers on PCB1 require adjusting:

• The 5V, precision, reference potentiometer, R15

• The dual-analog probe, amplifier, calibrations potentiometers, R13

(Channel 1) and R28 (Channel 2).

The probe amplifier circuits are calibrated at 97°F (36°C). Dual precisioncalibration resistors are provided on PCB1.

The embedded, off-line, diagnostic test software enables the user to completely test PCB1 and PCB2. Diagnostic Mode is entered from the front panel display during reset or start-up of the unit. The test results appear on the front panel displays.

Power and Control P.C. Board (PCB2)

The Power and Control P.C. Board (PCB2) contains the circuitry required to

control the heater, as well as the operator interface (see figure 3-2 on page 3-2).

Figure 3-2. Power and Control P.C. Board (PCB 2)



Introduction


PCB2 supports the following three operating modes:

• Pre-Warm Mode

• Manual Mode

• Baby Mode

In addition, PCB2 contains the circuitry required to control the remote isolated serial port. The nine-pin connector, located at the rear of the unit, provides the hardware interface that can be used with a standard serial printer. When a serial printer is connected to this port, the user can obtain a hard copy of error messages related to system failures.

Power Supply Circuit

DC Power Supply

The DC power supply supplies ± 12V DC, +5V DC, and ground to PCB2 through the connector J2.

Circuit Breaker

The circuit breaker (CB1) is not located on the Power and Control P.C. Board

(PCB2). It is located at the rear of the unit on the Electrical Module. The breaker has a rating of 12A for 100/120V AC operation, and 6A for 220/240V

AC operation. The circuit breaker turns the unit on or off when switched by the operator. It also shuts the unit off when the current is drained excessively.

Fuses

The fuses (F1 and F2) are located on the Power and Control P.C. Board

(PCB2). They are rated at 0.5A for 230V AC operation, and 1A for 100/120V

AC operation.

Isolation Transformer

AC power is brought into PCB2 through connector J6, and then directly to the primary of current transformer, T2.

Logic Power

The 5V DC voltage is supplied through the DC power supply located on the

Electrical Module. It is brought into PCB2 through connector J2, and into

PCB1 through connector J1.

3



Introduction


The 12V DC voltage is supplied through the DC power supply located on the



The -12V DC voltage is supplied through the DC power supply located on the



The +5 VREF signal is supplied through the +12V DC signal in conjunction with the regulator, U5, capacitors C12 and C13, resistor, R10, and the fine tuning potentiometer, R15.

Control Circuitry

Microcontroller

The core processing unit of the controlling circuitry is the Motorola® 1

MC68HC11ABFN microcontroller. The microcontroller is located on PCB2.

The frequency is 8 MHz. The internal and external address bus is 16 bits; the internal and external data bus is 8 bits.

Display Drivers

The following display drivers are located on PCB1:

• U1

• U2

• U3

• U10

Sound Generator

Sound is generated by U5 and U4 together. They are located on PCB2, and are used to generate the system alarm sounds.

A/D Converter

The external A/D converter (U4) is located on PCB1. It interfaces with and is controlled directly by the serial peripheral interface of the microcontroller. The

A/D converter reads the probe channels, probe calibration, and ambient temperature.

1. Motorola® is a registered trademark of Motorola, Inc.



Introduction


System Interfaces

Baby (Skin) Temperature Probe

The baby skin temperature probe signals are brought to PCB2 through connector J3. The signals SK1 and SK2 are brought to PCB1 through connector J1 and converted to a digital signal through the A/D converter, U4.

Ambient Temperature Probe

The ambient temperature probe signals, AMB1_THIN and AMB2_THIN, are brought to PCB1 through connector J1 and converted to a digital signal through the A/D converter, U4.

Data Port

The data port signals are brought to PCB2 through connector J5. The signals present at this port are electrically isolated from the remaining circuitry through isolation transformer, T1. This data port supports a printer interface protocol. The baud rate is at 2400 baud.

System Fail Logic

When the following conditions occur, the System Fail logic produces a System

Failure alarm:

• A High Baby Temperature is detected (>39.5°C).

• The watchdog timer detects a microcontroller system failure.

• A system failure, such as heater failure, is detected and prevents proper operation of the system.

The System Fail alarm is not self-resetting.

The watchdog timer circuitry resides on PCB2.

Power Fail Logic

The power fail circuitry resides on PCB2. When the following conditions occur, the Power Fail logic produces a Power Fail alarm:

• A loss of AC power supply

• The emergency AC Power switch is off

• A power cord disconnects

3



Introduction


If the AC power fails, the alarm is powered by capacitor, C29. The Power Fail alarm is self-resetting with the resumption of power.

Probe Fail

A skin temperature dual thermistor probe differential of > ± 0.4°C exists.

Pneumatic System

The pneumatic system consists of the following (see figure 3-3 on page 3-7):

• All three modules: gas supply, resuscitation, and blender

• A patient breathing circuit

• A suction collection bottle



Introduction


Figure 3-3. Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer

Bassinet

Warmer

Module

Examination

Light

Controller

Electronics

Module

Blended Gas

Supply

Module

Resuscitation

Module

Gas Supply

Module

3

Handle

X-ray Tray

Cassette

Pass-through

Drawer

Resuscitation

Equipment

Storage

Compartment



Introduction


The Gas Supply Module connects the pipeline-supplied or cylinder-supplied gas to the pneumatic system. The Resuscitation Module contains the suction, oxygen delivery, and optional ventilation circuitry. An optional precision

Blender Module mixes the oxygen and air supplies. The patient breathing circuit completes the system by connecting the Resuscitation Module to the patient.

Gas Supply Module

The Gas Supply Module consists of the following two basic variants, which

share common components (see figure 3-4 on page 3-9):

• Oxygen pipeline (with cylinder supply)

• Oxygen/air pipeline (with cylinder supply)

Main Supply On/Off Switch

The main supply On/Off switch is a toggle-actuated on/off valve that enables the user to turn on or off all supply gases with a single control.

Reserve Gas Supply

In the U.S., the regulator is preset at 65 psi (448 kPa) when the cylinder pressure is 1200 psi (8274 kPa). In the U.K. and Canada, the regulator is preset at 45 psi (310 kPa) when the cylinder pressure is 1500 psi (10342 kPa). The output varies with the input pressure.

Cylinder Pressure Gauges

Each cylinder gas circuit contains a pressure gauge which enables the user to monitor the cylinder pressure.



Introduction


Figure 3-4. Oxygen Pipeline and Oxygen/Air Pipeline with Cylinder Supply

Gas Supply Module O

2

Only

Wall Supply

(40-75 PSI)

Filter/

Water trap

DISS, NIST or crimped

O

2

3000 PSI

(Maximum)

O

2

3000 PSI

(Maximum)

(Relief 100 PSI)

REG

65 PSI or 40 PSI @ 1200 PSI

O

2

Cylinder

Pressure Gauge

Oxygen Pipeline with Cylinder Supply

Wall Supply

(40-75 PSI)

O

2

3000 PSI

(Maximum)

Filter/

Water trap


(Relief 100 PSI)

REG

Gas Supply Module-O

2

/Air

O

2

IN

AIR OUT

G

E

D

P

L

U

G

Main Supply

ON/OFF

O

2

OUT

AIR

IN


O

2

Cylinder

Pressure Gauge

Wall Supply

(40-75 PSI)

Filter/

Water trap


O

2

AIR

3000 PSI

(Maximum)

(Relief 100 PSI)

REG


AIR Cylinder

Pressure Gauge

Oxygen/Air Pipeline with Cylinder Supply

3



Introduction


Resuscitation Module

The Resuscitation Module is an integrated package that contains several pneumatic circuits for infant resuscitation. The module uses flow control valves to control the following parameters:

• Suction control

• Positive End Expiratory Pressure (PEEP)

• Airway pressure relief

• Flow rate

• Auxiliary flow rate

CAUTION:

If the flow control knob is removed, calibrate the unit. Failure to do so could result in equipment damage.

All of these valves are single-turn, calibrated-dial, or magnitude-adjustment type valves with stops at both the maximum and minimum extremes. The flow controls are calibrated by the vendor. The knob, on the shaft of the flow control, is intentionally set so that when the flow is adjusted to its minimum flow position, there is a small bleed flow through the valve. This keeps the valve seat from being damaged and the flow characteristics from changing. If the knob is removed, calibrate the unit.

Patient Supply

For units equipped with the older Resuscitation Module (P/N 81 400 72), the patient outlet provides 0 to 15.0 LPM (0 to 32 scfh) with an adjustable airway pressure relief from 0 cm H

2

O to 50 cm H

2

O (0 kPa to 5 kPa), and a factory-set safety relief valve at 50 cm H

2

O (5 kPa). The patient outlet is the same whether the unit comes with or without the AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator.

For units equipped with the new Resuscitation Module (P/N 81 400 73), the patient outlet provides 0 to 15.0 LPM (0 to 32 scfh) with an adjustable airway pressure relief from 0 cm H

2

O to 50 cm H

2

O (0 kPa to 5 kPa), and a factory-set safety relief valve at 60 cm H

2

O (5.9 kPa). The patient outlet is the same whether the unit comes with or without the AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator.

A calibrated, dial-type, flow adjustment controls the flow rate. When the

Blender Module is included in the system, the patient outlet provides the oxygen/air mixture selected by the operator. The adjustable airway pressure control consists of a flow control valve that controls the gas flow through a



Introduction

Chapter 3: Theory of Operation pressure divider. This controls the pressure applied to a diaphragm, which closes a seat in the pressure relief valve assembly. Varying this pressure adjusts the airway pressure relief threshold.

Auxiliary Supply

WARNING:

During infant resuscitation, monitor the airway pressure, and provide appropriate pressure relief. Failure to do so could result in patient injury.

The Auxiliary Outlet provides up to 15.0 LPM (32 scfh) of 100% oxygen regardless of whether the Resuscitation Module is old or new and whether the unit has the AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator, or not. The only difference among the units is the factory setting of the internal safety relief valve. On units equipped with the older Resuscitation Module and the AutoBreath™

Infant Resuscitator, the internal safety relief valve is set at 40 cm H

2

O (4 kPa).

On all other units, the internal safety relief valve is set at 160 cm H

2

O (16 kPa).

Airway Pressure Gauge

The airway pressure gauge is used to monitor the patient's airway pressure. For units equipped with the AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator, obtain the airway pressure reading from either the patient outlet or the Auxiliary Outlet.

However, the reading is affected by the patient flow and airway pressure relief adjustments. For units not equipped with the AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator, the airway pressure readings are obtained from the gauge port, and are isolated from the patient supply pneumatic circuitry.

Suction

The suction circuit uses an oxygen-driven venturi to generate up to 150 mm Hg

(80"H

2

O) suction at 5.0 LPM (11 scfh) nominal for units equipped with the older Resuscitation Module, with or without the AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator.

For units equipped with the new Resuscitation Module, with or without the

AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator, the circuit generates from up to 150 mm Hg

(80"H

2

O) suction at 19 LPM (40 scfh) free airflow through a 5 mm (0.2") inner diameter x 152 cm (60") long tubing at the maximum suction intensity of -150 mm Hg (80"H

2

O) P/N 81 400 81 and 81 400 73, respectively.

The suction gauge displays the generated suction magnitude. This value varies with the flow supplied to the venturi assembly and the resistance in the suction supply and patient connection circuits.

3



Introduction


AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator (Optional)

The AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator is a basic gas-powered, time-cycled, continuous-flow, pressure-limited resuscitator. The AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator, used in combination with the patient breathing circuit, provides automatic continuous flow ventilation. A pneumatic oscillator, which pressurizes and bleeds the exhalation chamber of the exhalation valve, drives the automatic ventilation. The diaphragm in this chamber controls patient inspiration and expiration. The breath rate flow control valve, which is useradjustable from 18 breaths-per-minute (BPM) to

60 BPM, controls the frequency of the oscillator. Throughout this range, a constant inspiratory to expiratory phase time ratio of 1:2 nominal is automatically maintained. In addition to frequency control, the operator can adjust the positive end expiratory pressure (PEEP) up to 18 cm H

2

O (1.8 kPa).

This circuit provides PEEP by allowing the pressure applied to the control diaphragm in the exhalation valve to maintain pressure in the patient circuit during the expiratory phase.

Blender Module (Optional)

The low-flow, precision blender supplies up to 15 LPM (32 scfh) of an airoxygen mixture, ranging from 100% air (21% oxygen) to 100% oxygen (0% air) with blender inlet pressures of 40 psi to 110 psi (276 kPa to 758 kPa) (for both oxygen and air), a nominal pressure drop of less than 3 psi (21 kPa) at

50 psi (345 kPa) inlet pressure and 10 LPM (21 scfh) flow rate, and a bleed to atmosphere of 3 LPM (6 scfh).

Whenever the pressure differential between the oxygen and air supplies exceeds 30 psi ± 5 psi (207 kPa ± 34 kPa), the Blender Module sounds an alarm and becomes bypassed. This condition alters the FiO

2

and flow output from the microblender. When this condition occurs, the blender continues to supply whichever gas is at the higher pressure: either 100% air or 100% oxygen.

Hardware

The warmer head contains the quartz heating element and an examination light. It is mounted to the top of the upper post. The warmer head pivots to either side of the warmer to provide access for a portable x-ray machine. There is no latch to move the warmer head. An applied force of approximately 5 kg

(10 lb) is all that is required to overcome the detents in the warmer head pivot.



Electrical System


Heating Element

The radiant heater consists of a 741 W (600W compensated) quartz tube heater.

Examination Light

The examination light is mounted underneath the warmer head. It is located on the centerline of the warmer head directly behind the radiant heating element.

The examination light is a 50 W, fixed-focus, halogen bulb and is turned on/off by a key on the front of the Electrical Module.

Software

The embedded, off-line, diagnostic test software enables the user to completely test the Display P.C. Board (PCB1) and the Power and Control P.C. Board

(PCB2). The Diagnostics Test mode is entered from the front panel display during reset or start-up of the unit. The front panel displays show the test results.

Electrical System

Figure 3-5. Display P.C. Board (PCB1) Schematic—P/N 81 307 15

Refer to fold-out FO 3-1 at the rear of this manual.

Figure 3-6. Power and Control P.C. Board (PCB2) Schematic—P/N 81 308 15


Figure 3-7. Interconnect Diagram


Pneumatic System

Figure 3-8. Pneumatic System with the AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator Schematic


Figure 3-9. Pneumatic System without the AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator

Schematic

3



Pneumatic System




NOTES:


Pneumatic System


3



Pneumatic System




Chapter 4

Removal and Replacement

Tool and Supply Requirements

To service the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products, the following tools and supplies are required:

• Phillips head screwdriver

• Small screwdriver

• Pressure gauge assembly

• Clamping device (hemostat) (3)

• Digital counter

• Pressure transducer

• RT200 tester or equivalent test device

• Hex key wrench set

• Relief valve cap

• Patient circuit

• Digital voltmeter (DVM) (Fluke® 1 8080A or equivalent)

• Trim potentiometer adjustment tool

• Oxygen analyzer (Bio-Tek® 2 #74233 or equivalent)

• Filter/regulator, gas, manual (P/N 67 352 36)

• Nipple, DISS oxygen—1/8" (P/N 67 355 10)

• Tee, oxygen sensor, 22 mm male-female (P/N 67 356 02)

• Adapter, 15 mm male—¼" barb, plastic (P/N 67 352 11)

• Adapter, 15 mm male—¼" barb, plastic (P/N 67 352 10)

• Hose, corrugated, 13", ventilation circuit (P/N 67 362 00)

1. Fluke® is a registered trademark of Fluke Corporation.

2. Bio-Tek® is a registered trademark of Bio-Tek Instruments, Inc.


4


Tool and Supply Requirements

Chapter 4: Removal and Replacement

• Tubing, green polyvinyl chloride (PVC), ¼" inner diameter, 15" long (3)

(P/N 67 359 01-R)

• Elbow, 90°, 3/8"-¼", brass (P/N 67 355 44)

• Adjustable wrench


NOTES:


Tool and Supply Requirements


4



4.1 Upper Post Covers


4.1

Upper Post Covers

Tools required: Cylinder wrench (unit with cylinder gas supplies only)

Phillips head screwdriver

Removal

SHOCK HAZARD:

Unplug the unit from its power source during removal and replacement procedures. Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage.

1. Unplug the unit from its power source.

2. Unplug the power cord (A) from the connector (B) on the upper post (C)


3. Do not detach the power cord (A) from the cable clamp (D) on the top upper post cover (E).

Figure 4-1. Upper Post



4.1 Upper Post Covers


4. For pipeline gas supplies on Diameter Index Safety System (DISS) or Non-

Interchangeable Screw Thread (NIST) units, disconnect the pipeline supply hoses.

5. For cylinder gas supply units, use the cylinder wrench to close the cylinder valves (F), and remove the reserve gas cylinders.

6. Remove the two screws (G) securing the top upper post cover (E) to the back of the upper post (C).

7. Remove the six screws (H) securing the bottom upper post cover (I) to the back of the upper post (C).

NOTE:

Older units only have one upper post cover.

Replacement

1. Install the eight screws (G) and (H) to secure the two upper post covers (E) and (I) to the upper post (C).

WARNING:




2. For cylinder gas supply units, install the reserve gas cylinders, and open the cylinder valves (F).

3. For pipeline gas supplies on DISS or NIST units, connect the pipeline supply hoses.

4. Plug the power cord (A) into the connector (B) on the upper post (C).

5. Plug the unit into an appropriate power source.

6. To make sure the warmer operates properly, perform the “Function

Checks” on page 2-2.

4



4.2 Controller Module


4.2


Tools required: Phillips head screwdriver

Removal

1. Remove the upper post cover(s) (A) (refer to procedure 4.1) (see figure 4-2

on page 4-6).


2. Remove the four screws (B) securing the Controller Module (C) to the head support plate (D).

3. Slide the Controller Module (C) through the opening in the front of the upper post (E), but do not remove it.

4. Disconnect the electrical cable assembly from J4 (F) on the Power and

Control P.C. Board (PCB 2) (G) (see figure 4-3 on page 4-7).



4.2 Controller Module


Figure 4-3. Controller Module

5. Remove the Controller Module (C) from the upper post (E) (see figure 4-2 on page 4-6).

Replacement

1. Align the wires with the center groove in the Controller Module (C), and position the Controller Module (C) into the upper post (E).

2. Connect the electrical cable assembly to J4 (F) on the Power and Control

P.C. Board (G) (PCB 2).

3. Slide the Controller Module (C) into the opening in the front panel of the upper post (E), and align the Controller Module (C) with the screw holes in

the head support plate (D) (see figure 4-2 on page 4-6).

4. Install the four screws (B).

5. Install the upper post cover(s) (A) (refer to procedure 4.1).



4



4.3 Blender Module


4.3

Blender Module


Mylar shim

Small piece of cellophane tape

Adjustable wrench

Black marker

Soapy water (optional)

Removal


on page 4-8).


Page 4 - 8

2. Remove the two screws (B) securing the Blender Module (C) to the blender/resuscitation support plate (D).

3. Mark each of the three tubes (E) and their mating connectors (see figure 4-

5 on page 4-9).





Figure 4-5. Blender Module

4. Simultaneously push in on the red collar of the fitting and pull the tube (E) straight out from its mating connector.

5. Remove the Blender Module (C) through the opening in the front of the

upper post (F) (see figure 4-4 on page 4-8).

6. Remove the low-flow, no-bleed microblender (G) from the microblender

chassis (H) (see figure 4-5 on page 4-9).

CAUTION:

The blender control knob must not rub on the inside of the front panel clearance hole. This condition may result in equipment damage.

7. Make sure that the control knob (I) on the low-flow, no-bleed microblender

(G) does not rub on the inside of the clearance hole (J) on the microblender chassis (H).

4





Replacement

1. Turn the control knob (I) on the low-flow, no-bleed microblender (G) fully clockwise.

2. Wrap the mylar shim around the control knob (I), and use a small piece of cellophane tape to secure the mylar shim in place.

3. Install the low-flow, no-bleed microblender (G) into the microblender chassis (H).

4. Using the adjustable wrench, tighten the two hex nuts (K).

5. Make sure that the control knob (I) turns freely.

6. Remove and discard the mylar shim.

7. Slide the Blender Module (C) into the opening in the front panel of the upper post (F), and align the Blender Module (C) with the screw holes in

the blender/resuscitation support plate (D) (see figure 4-4 on page 4-8).

8. Connect the tubes (E) (see figure 4-5 on page 4-9):

a. Firmly push each tube (E) into its fitting. b. Pull on each tube (E) if it remains in its fitting, continue with the next step. Otherwise, repeat this step.

9. Pressurize the system and listen for air leaks in the Blender Module (C).

NOTE:

Alternatively, use soapy water on the Blender Module and look for air bubbles.





NOTES:




4



4.4 Resuscitation Module


4.4

Resuscitation Module


Black marker

Removal


on page 4-12).


Page 4 - 12

2. Remove the four screws (B) securing the Resuscitation Module (C) to the resuscitation/gas supply support plate (D).

NOTE:

It may be necessary to mark and disengage the tubing from the fitting after the

Resuscitation Module is partially removed from the upper post.

3. Disengage the tubing by pushing in on the red collar of the fitting (F) while

pulling the tubing straight out (see figure 4-7 on page 4-13).





Figure 4-7. Resuscitation Module Fittings

4. Mark the tubing with an “F.”

5. For units with a Blender Module, do the following: a. Disengage the tubing by pushing in on the red collar of the fitting (G)

and (H) while pulling the tubing straight out (see figure 4-7 on page

4-13).

b. Mark the tubing with the appropriate letter.

c. Disengage the tubing by pushing in on the red collar of the blender

fitting (I) while pulling the tubing straight out (see figure 4-8 on page

4-14).

4





Figure 4-8. Blender Module Fitting d. Mark the tubing with an “I.”

6. Remove the Resuscitation Module (C) through the opening in the front of

the upper post (E) (see figure 4-6 on page 4-12).

7. Disconnect the suction tube (J) from the white barb fitting in the upper post

(E).

Replacement

1. Connect the suction tube (J) to the white barb fitting in the upper post (E).

2. Slide the Resuscitation Module (C) into the opening in the front panel of the upper post (E), and align the Resuscitation Module (C) with the screw holes in the resuscitation/gas supply support plate (D).

3. Firmly push the tubing labeled “F” into the fitting (F) (see figure 4-7 on page 4-13).

4. Pull on the tubing if it remains in its fitting (F), continue with the next step.

Otherwise, repeat this step.





5. Firmly push the tubing labeled “G,” “H,” and “I” into the corresponding

fittings (G), (H), and (I). then pull on the tubing (see figure 4-7 on page

4-13) and (see figure 4-8 on page 4-14).

6. Pull on each piece of tubing, if the tubing remains in the fittings (G), (H), and (I), continue with the next step. Otherwise, repeat this step.

7. Install the four screws (B) to secure the Resuscitation Module (C) to the

resuscitation/gas supply support plate (D) (see figure 4-6 on page 4-12).




4



4.5 Gas Supply Module


4.5

Gas Supply Module

Tools required: Adjustable wrench

Phillips head screwdriver

Removal

WARNING:

Disconnect the gas supplies from the unit when performing removal and replacement procedures. Failure to do so could result in personal injury or equipment damage.

1. Turn the unit off, and disconnect all gas supplies.

2. Place the On/Off switch (A) of the Gas Supply Module (B) to the Off

position (see figure 4-9 on page 4-16).

Figure 4-9. Front Panel

Page 4 - 16

3. Using the adjustable wrench, remove the knurled nut (C) from the On/Off switch (A).





4. Remove the upper post cover(s) (D) (refer to procedure 4.1) (see figure 4-

10 on page 4-17).


5. Remove the two screws (E) securing the gas supply chassis (G) to the resuscitation/gas supply support plate (F).

CAUTION:

Do not pull on the suction supply tube. Doing so may result in equipment damage.

6. Pull the gas supply chassis (G) away from the upper post (I), and then lift the gas supply chassis (G) from the upper post (I). Be careful not to pull on the suction supply tube (J).

4





Replacement

WARNING:




1. Mount the flap on the bottom of the gas supply chassis (G) onto the upper post (I).

2. Connect the oxygen supply to the gas supply chassis (G).

3. If applicable, connect the air supply to the gas supply chassis (G).

4. Properly align the gas supply chassis (G) with the holes on the front of the upper post (I). a. If necessary, remove the gas supply chassis (G) from the upper post (I), and then align with the holes on the front of the upper post (I).

b. Make sure that the suction supply tube (J) is not pinched.

c. Make sure that the On/Off

switch (A) is pointed downward (see figure

4-9 on page 4-16).

5. Install the two screws (E) to secure the gas supply chassis (G) to the

resuscitation/gas supply support plate (F) (see figure 4-10 on page 4-17).

6. Using the adjustable wrench, install the knurled nut (C) on the On/Off

switch (A) (see figure 4-9 on page 4-16).

7. Align the spring-loaded gauges (H) with the cut-outs on the upper post (I).

8. Install the upper post covers (D) (refer to procedure 4.1) (see figure 4-10 on

page 4-17).

9. Set the Patient Flow Rate (LPM) control or the Auxiliary Flow Control

(LPM) to 10.0 LPM (21.2 scfh).





10. Turn the On/Off switch of the Gas Supply Module (B) to the Off position


11. See whether any gas flows in the system.

12. If gas continues to flow in the system, verify the proper switch connections.



4



4.6 Oxygen or Air Yoke


4.6

Oxygen or Air Yoke


Pliers

1 1/4" open end wrench

7/8" open end wrench

1/8" open end wrench

Two adjustable wrenches

Cylinder wrench

Parts required: (1 or 2) 81 900 72 or

(1 or 2) 81 900 73 and/or

(1) 81 900 74

Replacement kit, oxygen yoke/check valve

Replacement kit, oxygen yoke without check valve

Replacement kit, air yoke

NOTE:

This procedure describes removing and replacing both yoke assemblies inside a unit, however this may not always be required. It is possible to replace only one.

Removal

SHOCK HAZARD:



WARNING:

Disconnect the gas supplies from the unit when performing removal and replacement procedures. Failure to do so could result in personal injury or equipment damage.

2. Using a cylinder wrench, close the valves (A) on the two yoke assemblies

(B) (see figure 4-11 on page 4-21).

3. Remove the reserve gas supplies from the two yoke assemblies (B).





4. Remove the upper post cover(s) (C) (refer to procedure 4.1).

5. Remove the Gas Supply Module (D) (refer to procedure 4.5).


6. Grasp the two yoke assemblies (B), and carefully lift them to disengage the bottom of the Gas Supply Module (D) from the lower column.

7. Carefully pull the Gas Supply Module (D) out of the upper post (E) as far as the engaged tubing connections allow.

8. Lower the Gas Supply Module (D) until the brass connectors on the inside of the Gas Supply Module (D) rest on the edge of the lower column.

9. On a unit equipped with oxygen and air yoke assemblies (B), disconnect the tubing (F) from its fittings (G) by pulling down on the tubing (F) while

simultaneously pushing up on its red flange (see figure 4-12 on page 4-22).

4





Figure 4-12. Unit Having One Oxygen and One Air Yokes

10. On a unit equipped with two oxygen yoke assemblies (B) only, disconnect

the tubing (F) from its fitting (G) (see figure 4-13 on page 4-23).





Figure 4-13. Unit Having Two Oxygen Yokes

11. Remove the Gas Supply Module (D) from the unit (see figure 4-12 on page

4-22) and (see figure 4-13 on page 4-23).

12. Remove the two yoke assemblies (B) from the Gas Supply Module (D):

• On a unit equipped with oxygen and air yoke assemblies (B), refer to

“Unit Equipped with Oxygen and Air Yokes” on page 4-24.

• On a unit equipped with two oxygen yoke assemblies (B), refer to

“Unit Equipped with Two Oxygen Yokes” on page 4-24.

4





Unit Equipped with Oxygen and Air Yokes

1. Using two adjustable wrenches, simultaneously hold the brass connector

(G) and loosen the jam nut (H) (see figure 4-12 on page 4-22).

2. Simultaneously perform the following:

• Using a 1¼" open end wrench, hold the male-to-female yoke adapters (I).

• Using a 7/8" open end wrench, remove the hex jam nut (H) and the internal lock washer (J).

3. Repeat step 1 and step 2 for the second yoke assembly (B).

4. Remove the two brass connectors (G) from the oxygen and air yokes (B).

5. Remove the oxygen and air yokes (B) and the two male-to-female yoke adapters (I) from the Gas Supply Module (D).

NOTE:

The yokes and male-to-female connectors are joined.

6. Discard the two yokes (B) and the two male-to-female yoke adapters (I).

Unit Equipped with Two Oxygen Yokes

1. Using a 1/8" open end wrench, loosen the two nuts (M) securing the

formed tubing assembly (K) to the elbow and tee connectors (G) (see figure 4-13 on page 4-23).

2. Disconnect the formed tubing assembly (K) from the elbow and tee connectors (G).

3. Using a 1/8" open end wrench, loosen the nut (L) securing the tubing (F) to the tee connector (G).

4. Simultaneously perform the following:

• Using a 1¼" open end wrench, hold the male-to-female yoke adapters

(I).

• Using a 7/8" open end wrench, remove the hex jam nut (H) and the internal lock washer (J).

5. Repeat step 4 for the second oxygen yoke assembly (B).





6. Remove the elbow and tee connectors (G) from the oxygen yoke assemblies (B).

7. Remove the two oxygen yoke assemblies (B) and the two male-to-female yoke adapters (I) from the Gas Supply Module (D).

NOTE:

The yokes and male-to-female connectors are joined.

8. Discard the two oxygen yoke assemblies (B) and the two male-to-female yoke adapters (I).

Replacement

1. Install two new yoke assemblies (B) to two new male-to-female yoke

adapters (I) (see figure 4-12 on page 4-22) or (see figure 4-13 on page

4-23):

a. Assemble the two new flat washers (N) and the two male-to-female yoke adapters (I) to the two yoke assemblies (B).

b. Using a 1¼" open end wrench, secure the two male-to-female yoke adapters (I) to the two yoke assemblies (B).

2. When installing two oxygen yoke assemblies (B) (see figure 4-13 on page

4-23):

a. Connect the tubing (F) and the formed tubing (K).

b. Using a 1/8" wrench and tighten the fittings (J) and (L).

3. When installing one oxygen and one new air yoke assembly (B), connect

the tubing (F) to the elbow connectors (G) (see figure 4-12 on page 4-22).

4. Install the Gas Supply Module (D) to the upper post (E) (refer to procedure

4.5) (see figure 4-11 on page 4-21).

5. Install upper post cover(s) (C) to the upper post (E) (refer to procedure

4.1).

4



4.7 Quartz Heater Assembly


4.7

Quartz Heater Assembly

Tools required: Clean cloth gloves

Rubbing alcohol

Clean cloth or towel

Small screwdriver or trim potentiometer adjustment tool

Digital voltmeter (DVM)

Wire tie

Removal

SHOCK HAZARD:



WARNING:

The heater element may be hot enough to cause burns. Before accessing the warmer head, allow 30 minutes for the unit to sufficiently cool. Failure to do so may result in personal injury.

2. Allow 30 minutes for the unit to cool.

3. Remove the top cover from the warmer head (refer to procedure 4.9).

4. Observe the routing of the leads (A) connected to the ceramic ends of the quartz heater element (B). The leads (A) of the new quartz element (B) need to be routed in the same way.

5. Disconnect the leads (A) of the quartz heater element (B) from the red and orange wire connectors (C) of the electrical module-to-warmer head cable

assembly (D) (see figure 4-14 on page 4-27).





Figure 4-14. Quartz Heater Element

4





6. Remove the two screws (E) securing the heat shield (F) to the two end plates (G).

7. Remove the heat shield (F) from the two end plates (G).

8. If the unit is equipped with a heater grill, remove the heater grill from the

unit (refer to procedure 4.8).

9. From underneath the warmer head, perform the following: a. Unfasten the two retaining springs (I), and remove them and the secondary reflector (J) from the mounting brackets (K).

CAUTION:

Do not touch the quartz heater element with bare hands. Equipment damage may occur. b. Before touching the quartz heater element (B), put on clean cloth gloves. c. Slide the quartz heater element (B) through the front end plate (G) and the front parabola bracket (H).

Replacement

CAUTION:

Do not touch the quartz heater element with bare hands. Equipment damage may occur.

1. Before touching the quartz heater element (B), put on clean cloth gloves.

CAUTION:

Do not pull the metal ends away from the quartz heater element. Doing so may cause equipment damage and improper heating.

2. Do not pull the metal ends away from the quartz heater element (B).

3. Orient the quartz heater element (B) so that its shorter lead (A) routes through the rear of the heater element (L), and slide it through the front end plate (G) and the front parabola bracket (H) until its ceramic ends rest on the V-notches of the two mounting brackets (K).





4. Make sure to route the leads (A) of the quartz heater element (B) in the same manner as the original quartz heater element (B).

5. Connect the leads (A) of the quartz heater element (B) to the red and orange connectors (C) of the electrical module-to-warmer head cable assembly (D).

6. Use a wire tie, to securely fasten the long lead (A) of the quartz heater element (B) to the hood (N) away from the heat shield (F).

7. Make sure that the ceramic ends of the quartz heater element (B) rest on the

V-notches of the two mounting brackets (K).

WARNING:

Do not adjust the mounting brackets. Adjusting the mounting brackets disturbs the alignment of the quartz heater element. Personal injury or equipment damage may occur.

8. If necessary, adjust the position of the quartz heater element (B). Do not adjust the two mounting brackets (K).

9. Align the cut-out portions at either end of the secondary reflector (J) with the lower T-portions of the two mounting brackets (K), and rest each end on the metal flange (M) just below each mounting bracket (K) on the parabola brackets (H).

10. Lift one end of the secondary reflector (J) above the hole in the lower Tportion of the mounting bracket (K), and hold it in place.

11. Place the lower half of the retaining spring (I) through the hole in the lower

T-portion of the mounting bracket (K). Do not adjust the mounting bracket

(K).

12. Place the top half of the retaining spring (I) around the ceramic end of the quartz heater element (B), and fasten the retaining spring (I).

CAUTION:

Make sure that the retaining spring does not rest on the metal tip of the quartz heater element. Equipment damage may occur.

13. Make sure that the retaining spring (I) does not rest on the metal tip of the quartz heater element (B).

4





14. Lift the other end of the secondary reflector (J) above the hole in the lower

T-portion of the second mounting bracket (K), and hold it in place.

15. Place the lower half of the second retaining spring (I) through the hole in the lower T-portion of the second mounting bracket (K). Do not adjust the mounting bracket (K).

16. Place the top half of the second retaining spring (I) around the ceramic end of the quartz heater element (B), and fasten the second retaining spring (I).

17. Make sure that the retaining spring (I) does not rest on the metal tip of the quartz heater element (B).

CAUTION:

Do not touch the quartz tube of the heater element with bare hands. If fingerprints are on the quartz tube, remove them with rubbing alcohol before activating the unit. Otherwise, equipment damage may occur.

18. Inspect the quartz heater element (B) for fingerprints.

19. If fingerprints are present on the quartz heater element (B), use rubbing alcohol and a clean cloth or towel to remove them.

20. If the unit is equipped with a heater grill, install the heater grill on the unit


21. Align the heat shield (F) with the two end plates (G), and install the two screws (E) to secure the heat shield (F) to the two end plates (G).

22. Install the top cover on the warmer head (refer to procedure 4.9).

23. Adjust the heater voltage sensor, and calibrate the controller assembly,

refer to “Calibrating the Controller Assembly” on page 6-18.



4.8 Heater Grill


4.8

Heater Grill

Tools required: Screwdriver

Removal

SHOCK HAZARD:



WARNING:




On a unit equipped with part number 81 990 65 (Retrofit kit, heater grill), perform the following: a. Hold the grill shroud (A) in position with one hand, and loosen the four captive quarter-turn fasteners (B) securing the grill shroud (A) to the

two grill brackets (C) (see figure 4-15 on page 4-32) (see view D).

b. Remove the two grill straps (E) from the two grill brackets (C).

c. Remove the grill shroud (A) from the two grill brackets (C).

or

On a unit equipped with part number 81 003 04 (Grill guard), perform the following: a. Hold the grill guard (F) in position with one hand, and undo the four screws (G) securing the grill guard (F) to the two parabola brackets (H)

(see view I).

b. Remove the grill guard (F) from the two parabola brackets (H).

4



4.8 Heater Grill


Figure 4-15. Heater Grill



4.8 Heater Grill


Replacement

1. Perform the removal procedure in reverse order.



4



4.8 Heater Grill


NOTES:



4.9 Warmer Head Top Cover


4.9

Warmer Head Top Cover


Removal

SHOCK HAZARD:



WARNING:



3. Remove and save the six screws (A) securing the warmer head top cover

(B) to the warmer head (C) (see figure 4-16 on page 4-36).

4



4.9 Warmer Head Top Cover


Figure 4-16. Warmer Head Top Cover

4. Lift the warmer head top cover (B) away from the warmer head (C).

Replacement

1. Perform the removal procedure in reverse order.





4.10 Controller Module Front Panel


4.10 Controller Module Front Panel


AMP® 1 unlocking tool (AMP® P/N 91084-1)

Removal

1. Remove the Controller Module (refer to procedure 4.2).

2. Remove the two screws (A) securing the two hex standoffs (B) to the

Electrical Module rear panel (C) (see figure 4-17 on page 4-37).

Figure 4-17. Controller Module

4

3. Swing down the Electrical Module front panel (D), Display P.C. Board

(PCB1) (E), and Power and Control P.C. Board (PCB 2) (F) from the two hex standoffs (G) and two standoffs (H).

4. Unscrew the two hex standoffs (B).

1. AMP® is a registered trademark of The Whitaker Corporation.





5. Disconnect all the connectors from the Display P.C. Board (PCB1) (E) and the Power and Control P.C. Board (PCB 2) (F).

6. Locate the three metal anchors on the Electrical Module front panel (D) securing the Display P.C. Board (PCB 1) (E) to the front panel (D).

7. Move the key slots on the Display P.C. Board (PCB 1) (E) to the unlocking position.

8. To remove the keypad lock, examination light, and power switch light switch actuator (J), perform the following: a. Place the right-angle edge of the AMP® 1 unlocking tool into the two grooves of the green portion of the P.C. board switch contact blocks (I).

b. Press down on the AMP® unlocking tool until you hear a snap.

c. Pull up on the blue portions of the P.C. board switch contact blocks (I) until they separate from the light switch actuators (J).

d. Remove the plastic nuts (L) securing the P.C. board switch contact blocks (I) to the Electrical Module front panel (D).

9. To remove a skin probe cable assembly (K), perform the following: a. Unplug the skin probe cable assembly (K) from J3 on the Power and

Control P.C. Board (PCB2) (F).

a. Remove the metal shield (if present) from the rear of the Electrical

Module front panel (D).

b. Remove the metal nut (M) securing the skin probe cable assembly (K) to the Electrical Module front panel (D).

10. Slide the light switch actuators (J) and the skin probe cable assembly (K) out through their respective openings on the Electrical Module front panel

(D).

CAUTION:

Do not use the two hex standoffs as a torque to loosen the two standoffs from the Electrical Module front panel. Equipment damage or breakage of the Loctite® 2 screwlock may occur.

11. Loosen and remove the two standoffs (H) from the Electrical Module front panel (D). Do not use the two hex standoffs (G) as a torque.

1. AMP® is a registered trademark of The Whitaker Corporation.

2. Loctite® is a registered trademark of Loctite Corporation.





Replacement

CAUTION:

Do not use the two hex standoffs as a torque to tighten the two standoffs to the Electrical Module front panel. Equipment damage or breakage of the Loctite® 1 screwlock may occur.

1. Install and tighten the two standoffs (H) to the Electrical Module front panel (D). Do not use the two hex standoffs (G) as a torque.

2. To replace the skin probe cable assembly (K), perform the following: a. Align the skin probe cable assembly (K) with the designated opening on the Electrical Module front panel (D).

b. Slide the skin probe cable assembly (K) in through the opening.

c. Install the metal nut (M) to secure the skin probe cable assembly (K), and then install the shielded plastic housing that encases the brown, red, and orange wires.

3. To replace the keypad lock, examination light, and power switch, perform the following: a. Align the light switch actuator (J) with the designated opening on the

Electrical Module front panel (D).

b. Install the plastic nut to secure the light switch actuator (J) to the

Electrical Module front panel (D).

4. Connect the P.C. board switch contact blocks (I) and cable assemblies to the light switch actuators (J).

NOTE:

No tool is required to connect the P.C. board switch contact blocks to the light switch actuators.

5. Locate the keyed slots on the Display P.C. Board (PCB 1) (E).

6. Slide the keyed slots of the Display P.C. Board (PCB 1) (E) to the locking position, and engage the Display P.C. Board (PCB 1) (E) to the Electrical

Module front panel (D).

4

1. Loctite® is a registered trademark of Loctite Corporation.





7. Connect all of the connectors to the display with the Display P.C. Board

(PCB 1) (E) and Power and Control P.C. Board (PCB 2) (F).

8. Secure the two hex standoffs (G) to the Electrical Module front panel (D).

9. Install the two screws (A) to secure the two hex standoffs (B) to the

Electrical Module rear panel (C).





Chapter 5

Parts List

Service Parts Ordering

Using the parts lists in this manual, identify the part number(s) you require.

Find the product number and serial number on the product identification label

(A) (see figure 5-1 on page 5-1), (see figure 5-2 on page 5-2), and (see figure

5-3 on page 5-3).

Figure 5-1. Product Identification Label Location Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer

(RW82)

5



Service Parts Ordering

Chapter 5: Parts List

Figure 5-2. Product Identification Label Location on the Resuscitaire® Birthing Room

Warmer (WBR82)



Service Parts Ordering


Figure 5-3. Product Identification Label Location on the Resuscitaire® Wall Mounted

Warmer (WMRW82)

Call Technical Support with the following information:

• Customer account number

• Purchase order number

• Product number

• Serial number

• Part number(s)

To promptly order parts, request part prices and availability, or follow up on a service order, use the following fax number:

(215) 721-5782

5



Recommended Spare Parts


Recommended Spare Parts

For a recommended spare parts list to service five or more units, see

table 5-1 on page 5-4.

Table 5-1. Recommended Spare Parts

Part Number

17 683 11

MU

MU03309 1

Qty

17 683 18

17 683 20

68 416 16

81 100 63

81 990 50

81 990 51

81 300 05

81 300 15

81 300 62

81 307 75

81 308 70T

81 308 80T

81 500 40

81 300 08

81 003 04

81 300 09

83 620 57

81 001 27

MU03310

MU03311

MU07883

MU11116

MU11689

MU11690

MU11225

MU11233

MU11253

MU11298

MU11311

MU11315

MU11417

MU11228

MU10937

MU11229

MU13244

MU10900

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Description

Contact block, push button, doublepole single-throw (DPST), normally open (NO)

Contact block, push button, three-pole single-throw (3PST), two normally open/normally closed (2NO/NC)

Lamp, incandescent, clear, T-1¾, 14V

Caster, swivel, 5.00" with brake, gray urethane

Catch, Nylatch® a roller

Heater replacement kit, 120V (120V model only)

Heater replacement kit, 220V-240V

(220V and 240V models only)

Probe 3, skin temperature, reusable

Power supply, switching, DC, 40 W

Fan/transducer assembly

P.C. board 1 (PCB 1) assembly, display, with Baby Mode

Tested P.C. board 2 (PCB 2) assembly, power and control (120V model only)

PCB2 assembly, power and control,

220V-240V, tested (240V model only)

Valve, control, mini three-way

Probe 3, skin temperature, dual, disposable, box of 10

Grill, guard

Probe 3, skin temperature, dual, disposable, 100

Filter, suction, disposable, rectangular

Breathing circuit for bagging, disposable, 25



Recommended Spare Parts


Part Number MU Qty Description

81 000 06

68 209 46

68 209 45

68 120 53

68 120 54

81 001 51

81 001 49

68 209 47

68 209 48

MU10841

MU06942

MU06941

MU06562

MU06563

MU10920

MU10918

MU06943

MU06944

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

81 001 29 MU10902 1

Breathing circuit, disposable, box of 25

Critter Covers® Probe Cover, box of

100

Critter Covers® Probe Cover, carton of

600

Neat-clips, carton of 100, 0.38" diameter

Neat-clips, carton of 50, 1.00" diameter

Suction bottle, disposable, box of 100,

1000 cc

Suction bottle, disposable, box of 20,

800 cc

Cover, probe, Care-For-Me™, large,

100

Cover, probe, Care-For-Me™, standard, 100

Connector, with sideport, bag of 25 a. Nylatch® is a registered trademark of Hartwell Corporation.

5



Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer without Resuscitation


Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer without Resuscitation

Figure 5-4. Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer without Resuscitation





Item Part Number

1 81 020 73-R

2

3

6

7

4

5

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

81 200 71

81 200 81

81 005 71

81 005 72

81 501 24

81 005 70

99 103 33

81 400 40

81 600 34

81 990 80

00 935 17

81 001 19

81 200 50

78 162 56

81 000 40

82 000 15

81 101 19

82 010 71

81 000 90

81 300 05

17 725 64*

99 031 38

Table 5-2. Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer without Resuscitation

Reference only

78 265 41CC

MU

MU11084

MU11214

MU11217

MU10994

MU10995

MU11486

MU10993

MU15411

MU11342

MU11571

MU11703

MU01547

MU10895

MU11200

MU09412

MU10858

MU11787

MU11138

MU09761

MU12011

MU10866

MU11225

MU03410

MU15179

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

8

8

1

1

1

1

1

1

4

1

1

2

2

1

1

1

1

1

Qty Description

Cart assembly, Resuscitaire® Radiant

Warmer (fixed height model only)

Warmer head assembly, 120V (120V model only)

Warmer head assembly, 220V-240V


Plate, blank, microblender

Plate, blank, Resuscitation Module

Overlay, front panel, gas supply, blank

Label, data tag, system

Washer, shoulder, 0.12" inside diameter, 0.248" x 0.16"

Nut, hex, #4-40, keps, steel, zinc-plated

Overlay, front panel, resuscitation module, blank

Overlay, front panel, blender, blank

Overlay, electrical front panel, Radiant

Warmer, English

Declaration, CE mark, Resuscitaire®

Radiant Warmer (CE mark model only)

Label, UL/CUL, classified

Label, caution—shock hazard, English

Label, warning, side/end panel, English

Label, caution, heating hazard, English

Label, load limit, 2 lb/0.91 kg


Label, explosion hazard, English

Cart assembly, Radiant Warmer, no resuscitation, VHA, 120V (VHA model only)

Label, caution: no block vents, English

Probe 3, skin temperature, reusable

Clamp, cable, loop-type, nylon, 0.375" inside diameter

Screw, #8-32 x 3/8", truss, phillips, stainless steel


5





26 17 AZ 104*

MU

MU02496

27 17 AZ 203* MU02500

1

Qty

1

Description

Cable assembly, AC power/link, domestic, 10' (120V model only)

Cable assembly, AC power/link,

European, 10' (220V and 240V models only)


NOTES:





5


Upper Post Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer (Models without Resuscitation Only)


Upper Post Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer

(Models without Resuscitation Only)

Figure 5-5. Upper Post Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer (Models without Resuscitation Only)



Upper Post Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer (Models without Resuscitation Only)


Table 5-3. Upper Post Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer

(Models without Resuscitation Only)

Item

Part

Number

MU Qty Description

1

2

3

7

8

5

6

9

4

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

81 020 02

81 003 11

81 300 70T

81 300 80T

81 500 00

81 101 35

81 020 32

99 042 93

99 032 94

81 500 42

99 041 36

68 602 02

81 020 03

81 020 04

81 020 05

78 306 31

81 000 30

81 301 32

81 301 35

99 032 85

81 301 32

MU11043

MU10939

MU11259

MU11260

MU11392

MU11150

MU11071

MU15255

MU15203

MU11419

MU15229

MU08414

MU11044

MU11045

MU11046

MU10015

MU10851

MU11274

MU11277

MU15201

MU11274

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

6

2

2

10

4

1

1

1

4

1

1

1

2

1

81 003 10 MU10938 1

81 200 50 MU11200 1

Post, upper

Cover, upper rear

Tested controller assembly, 120V (120V model only)

Tested controller assembly, 230V (230V models only)

Chassis, gas supply, without cylinder holes

Label, user precaution, English

Gasket, rear cover

Screw, #10-32 x ¾", pan, phillips/washer, white

Screw, #8-32 x ¾", pan, phillips, stainless steel, sems internal (fixed height model only)

Plug button, nylon, 0.62" hole

Screw, #10-32 x 3/8", truss, phillips, stainless steel, Nylok® a

Plug, panel fastening, 0.183"-0.192", Canoe™ b

Plate, head support

Plate, blender/resuscitation support

Plate, resuscitation/gas supply support

Plug button, plastic, 0.38" hole

Label, caution—shock hazard/high pressure,

English

Label, rear panel, 120V, English (fixed height

120V model only)

Label, rear panel, 220V-240V, English (fixed height 220V and 240V models only)

Screw, #8-32 x ¾", truss, phillips, stainless steel

(VHA model only)

Label, rear panel, 120V, English (VHA model only)

Cover, lower rear

Label, caution, shock hazard, English a. Nylok® is a registered trademark of Nylok Fastener Corporation.

b. Canoe™ is a trademark of Illinois Tool Works, Inc.


5


Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer with Resuscitation


Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer with Resuscitation

Figure 5-6. Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer with Resuscitation





2

3

4

5

6

7

8

12

13

14

9

10

11

15

16

17

18

19

20

82 010 70

82 010 80

82 010 81

82 011 75

81 200 71

81 200 81

81 200 84

81 000 90

81 000 37

81 001 37

81 001 19

BM1445

81 500 63

81 500 64

81 500 50

81 500 52

81 500 60

81 500 61

81 500 62

Table 5-4. Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer with Resuscitation


1 81 020 71

MU

MU11081

MU12010

MU12013

MU12014

MU12040

MU11214

MU11217

MU11219

MU10866

MU10856

MU10908

MU10895

MU00606

MU11433

MU11434

MU11425

MU11427

MU11430

MU11431

MU11432

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Qty Description


Warmer (fixed height model only)


Warmer, VHA, 120V (VHA 120V model only)


Warmer, VHA, 230V (VHA 230V model only)

Cart assembly VHA, 240V United Kingdom

(VHA 240V U.K. model only)

Cart assembly fixed height, variable, no resuscitation


Warmer head assembly, 220V-240V (220V and 240V models only)




Label, data tag, system, electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)

Label, UL and CUL, classified

Plastic knob with setscrew

Overlay, oxygen/air gas front panel, Radiant

Warmer, German


Warmer, Italian

Overlay, oxygen gas front panel, Radiant

Warmer, English


Warmer, French


Warmer, English


Warmer, Spanish


Warmer, French


5





21 81 400 31

MU

MU11338 1

Qty

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

37

38

39

40

33

34

35

36

81 400 40

81 400 20

81 400 21

81 400 22

81 400 23

81 400 24

81 400 27

81 400 28

81 400 29

81 400 30

99 112 96

81 200 50

81 200 51

81 200 52

81 200 53

81 200 54

78 162 56

78 162 57

78 162 58

MU11342

MU11329

MU11330

MU11331

MU11332

MU11333

MU11334

MU11335

MU11336

MU11337

MU15461

MU11200

MU11201

MU11202

MU11203

MU11204

MU09412

MU09413

MU09414

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Description

Overlay, without AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator front panel, Radiant Warmer,

Italian

Overlay, front panel, resuscitation module, blank

Overlay, AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator front panel, Radiant Warmer, English

Overlay, AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator front panel, Radiant Warmer, Spanish

Overlay, AutoBreath™ Infant


French

Overlay, AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator front panel, Radiant Warmer, German

Overlay, AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator front panel, Radiant Warmer, Italian



English



Spanish



French



German

Nut, round, knurled, 15/32-32", brass, nickelplated


Label, caution—shock hazard, Spanish

Label, caution—shock hazard, French

Label, caution—shock hazard, German

Label, caution—shock hazard, Italian

Label, warning, side/end panel, English

Label, warning, side/end panel, Spanish

Label, warning, side/end panel, French






49

50

51

52

53

54

45

46

47

48

41

42

43

44

MU

78 162 59

78 162 63

81 000 40

81 000 41

81 000 42

81 000 43

81 000 44

82 000 15

MU09415 1

MU09419 1

MU10858 1

MU10859 1

MU10860 1

MU10861 1

MU10862 1

MU11787 1

81 101 19 MU11138 2

78 265 41CC MU09761 2

78 265 42CC MU09762 2

78 265 43CC MU09763 2

78 265 44CC MU09764 2

81 990 80 MU11703 1

Qty

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

81 990 81

81 990 82

81 990 83

81 990 84

81 990 85

81 990 86

81 990 87

81 990 88

81 990 89

81 990 90

81 990 91

MU11704

MU11705

MU11706

MU11707

MU11708

MU11709

MU11710

MU11711

MU11712

MU11713

MU11714

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Description

Label, warning, side/end panel, German

Label, warning, side/end panel, Italian

Label, caution, heating hazard, English

Label, caution, heating hazard, Spanish

Label, caution, heating hazard, French

Label, caution, heating hazard, German

Label, caution, heating hazard, Italian


Label, load limit, 10 lb/4½ kg


Label, explosion hazard, Spanish

Label, explosion hazard, Italian

Label, explosion hazard, German

Overlay, electric front panel, Radiant Warmer,

English

Replacement kit, electrical front panel, RW,

Spanish


French


German


Italian


Swedish


Dutch


Danish


Flemish


Finnish


Norwegian


Portuguese


5




80

81

82

71

72

73

74

75

67

68

69

70


81 990 92

MU

MU11715 1

Qty

64

65

66

81 600 34

17 AZ 104

17 AZ 203

MU11571

MU02496

MU02500

1

1

1

Description


Greek


Cable assembly, AC power/link, domestic, 10'

(120V model only) (not shown)

Cable assembly, AC power/link, European,

10' (220V and 240V models only) (not shown)

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

Not used

81 300 05 MU11225 1

76

77

78

79

81 001 14

17 062 26

17 725 64

99 031 38

MU10889

MU02892

MU03410

MU15179

1

1

1

1

Probe 3, skin temperature, reusable (not shown)

Tank bracket assembly (not shown)

Clamp, cable, loop-type, nylon, ¼" inside diameter (not shown)

Clamp, cable, loop-type, nylon, 0.375" inside diameter (not shown)

Screw, #8-32 x 3/8", truss, phillips, stainless steel (not shown)

83

Not used

82 003 00 MU11919 1

82 003 15D MU11931 1

82 003 15E MU11932 1

Label, Caution, Hi Pressure, Eng. (not shown)

Label, Warning, Max Cylinder Height 27.5"

(<70 cm) (for International use) (not shown)

Label, Warning, Max Cylinder Height 30"

(<76 cm) (for U.S. use) (not shown)


NOTES:





5


Upper Post Assembly (Units with Resuscitation Only) for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer


Upper Post Assembly (Units with Resuscitation Only) for the


Figure 5-7. Upper Post Assembly (Units with Resuscitation Only) for the Resuscitaire®

Radiant Warmer





4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

18

19

20

21

14

15

16

17

Table 5-5. Upper Post Assembly (Units with Resuscitation Only) for the



1

2

3

81 020 02

81 005 74

81 300 70T

81 300 80T

81 300 83

81 600 70-R

81 600 80-R

81 400 73T

81 400 80T

81 400 81T

81 500 80-R

81 500 81-R

81 500 83-R

81 500 86-R

81 500 88-R

81 500 90-R

81 101 35

Not used

81 101 37

Not used

99 032 85

MU

MU11043 1

MU11018 1

MU11259 1

MU11260

MU11262

MU11582

MU11583

MU11369

MU11372

MU11374

MU11441

MU11443

MU11446

MU11453

MU11455

MU11458

MU11150

MU11151

MU15201

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

Qty Description

Post, upper

Cover, upper post


Tested controller assembly, 230V (230V models only)

Controller assembly, 220V (220V model only)

Blender blank assembly, Resuscitaire®

Radiant Warmer

Blender assembly, Resuscitaire® Radiant

Warmer

Tested Resuscitation Module without


Tested Resuscitation Module with




Gas supply, oxygen with reserve, Diameter

Index Safety System (DISS)

Gas supply, oxygen with reserve, noninterchangeable screw thread (NIST)

Gas supply, oxygen reserve, Deutsche

Industrie Norm (DIN), white

Gas supply, oxygen/air with reserve, NIST

Gas supply, oxygen/air, DIN, blue/yellow

Gas supply, oxygen/air, DIN, green/yellow

Label, user precaution, English

Label, user precaution, French

22

23

81 020 32

99 042 93

MU11071

MU15255

1

8

Screw, #8-32 x ¾", truss, phillips, stainless steel (VHA model only)

Gasket, rear cover



5





24 99 032 94

25

26

32

33

34

35

48

49

50

44

45

46

47

40

41

42

43

36

37

38

39

27

28

29

30

31

08 136 07-R

99 041 36

78 306 31

81 020 03

81 020 04

81 020 05

81 000 30

81 000 31

81 000 32

81 000 33

81 000 34

81 400 10

81 400 11

81 400 12

81 400 13

81 400 14

81 400 17

81 400 18

81 400 19

81 400 35

81 400 36

82 001 00

81 500 92

81 500 93

81 500 94

81 500 95

MU11321 1

MU11322 1

MU11323 1

MU11324 1

MU11325 1

MU11326 1

MU11329 1

MU11330 1

MU11340 1

MU11341 1

MU11852 1

MU11460 1

MU11461 1

MU11462 1

MU11463 1

MU

MU15203 2

Qty

MU01917

MU15229

MU10015

MU11044

MU11045

MU11046

MU10851

MU10852

MU10853

MU10854

MU10855

1

16

4

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Description

Screw, #8-32 x ¾", pan, phillips, stainless steel, sems internal (fixed height model only)

Tubing, clear polyvinyl chloride (PVC), ¼" inside diameter x 27.00" long



Plate, head support



Label, caution—shock hazard/high pressure, English

Label, caution—shock hazard/high pressure, Spanish

Label, caution—shock hazard/high pressure, French

Label, caution—shock hazard/high pressure, German

Label, caution—shock hazard/high pressure, Italian

Label, air cylinder inlet, English

Label, air cylinder inlet, Spanish

Label, air cylinder inlet, French

Label, air cylinder inlet, German

Label, air cylinder inlet, Italian

Label, oxygen cylinder inlet, English

Label, oxygen cylinder inlet, Spanish

Label, oxygen cylinder inlet, French

Label, oxygen cylinder inlet, Italian

Label, oxygen cylinder inlet, German

Label, pipeline inlet water trap, English

Label, pipeline inlet water trap, Spanish

Label, pipeline inlet water trap, French

Label, pipeline inlet water trap, German

Label, pipeline inlet water trap, Italian





Item Part Number MU Qty Description

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

81 301 32

81 301 33

81 301 34

81 301 35

81 301 36

81 301 37

81 301 38

81 301 39

81 500 85-R

MU11274

MU11275

MU11276

MU11277

MU11278

MU11279

MU11280

MU11281

MU11451

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Label, rear panel, 120V, English (120V model only)

Label, rear panel, 120V, Spanish (120V model only)

Label, rear panel, 120V, French (120V model only)

Label, rear panel, 220V-240V, English


Label, rear panel, 220V-240V, Spanish


Label, rear panel, 220V-240V, French


Label, rear panel, 220V-240V, German


Label, rear panel, 220V-240V, Italian


Gas supply, oxygen/air, with reserve

Diameter Index Safety System (DISS)

(VHA model only) a. Nylok® is a registered trademark of Nylok Fastener Corporation.

5



Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer—82 3E2 70


Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer—82 3E2 70

Figure 5-8. Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer—82 3E2 70





12

13

14

18

19

20

15

16

17

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

78 285 28

99 042 93

99 032 85

81 500 42

81 005 17

78 275 10

78 306 31

99 901 77

99 041 36

68 602 02

81 001 19

81 005 73

82 005 00

99 045 30

99 125 61

81 005 58

Table 5-6. Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer—82 3E2 70


7

8

5

6

3

4

1

2

9

10

11

81 020 02

81 005 74

81 005 67

81 200 71

81 300 70T

81 005 71

81 005 72

81 500 00

81 000 37

81 020 32

81 005 07

MU

MU11043 1

MU11018 1

MU10990 1

MU11214 1

MU11259 1

MU10994 1

MU10995 1

MU11392 1

MU10856

MU11071

MU10955

1

1

2

Qty Description

Bracket, heater head (pivot)

Cover, upper post

Base weldment, Birthing Room Warmer

Warmer head assembly, 120V

Tested controller assembly, 120V

Plate, blank, microblender

Plate, blank, Resuscitation Module

Chassis, gas supply, without cylinder holes


Gasket, rear cover

Caster, swivel, 5", with brake, gray urethane

Caster, swivel, 1.97", no brake, gray plastic MU09879 1

MU15255

MU15201

MU11419

MU10963

MU09854

6

2

2

1

2

Screw, #10-32 x ¾" pan, phillips/washer, white

Screw, #8-32 x ¾", truss phillips, stainless steel


Plug button, nylon, ½" hole

Plug, panel fastening, 0.16" diameter

(arrow clip)

MU10015 4

MU15229 18


MU15779 A/R Loctite® a adhesive #242

Screw, #10-32 x 3/8", truss, phillips,

Nylok® b , stainless

MU08414 6

MU10895

MU10996

1

1

MU11933 2

Plug, panel fastening, 0.182"-0.192",

Canoe® c


Handle, rear, Birthing Room Warmer

MU15271 2

Trim strip, upper post, Birthing Room

Warmer

Screw, #10-32 x 2.62", truss, phillips, stainless steel

MU15590 2

MU10983 1

Spacer, 0.257" inner diameter, 0.38" outer diameter, 1" long, nylon

Screw, shoulder, 0.38" diameter ¾" long


5





28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

99 110 04

99 124 16

99 901 40

81 005 70

99 103 33

81 020 03

81 020 04

81 020 05

81 000 30

81 200 50

81 005 15

81 301 32

78 265 41CC

81 300 35

81 600 34

81 400 40

81 501 24

81 000 90

81 990 36

MU15451

MU15569

1

2

Nut, hex, 5/16"-18, keps, steel, zinc-plated

Washer, lock, #10, split, steel, cadmiumplated

MU15773 A/R Adhesive, thread locker, Loctite® #271, 50 ml

MU10993 8 Washer, shoulder, 0.12" inner diameter,

0.248 DS, 0.16 LS

MU15411 8

MU11044 1

MU11045 1

MU11046 1

MU10851 1

MU11200 1

MU10962 1

Nut, hex, #4-40 keps, steel, zinc-plated

Plate, head support





MU11274

MU09761

MU11238

MU11571

1

2

1

1

MU11342 1

Label, warmer height, Birthing Room

Warmer, English

Label, rear panel, 120V, English


Overlay, electric front panel, Birthing

Room Warmer, English


MU11486

MU10866

MU11678

1

2

1

Overlay, front panel, Resuscitation

Module, blank

Overlay, front panel, gas supply, blank


Placard, operating instructions, Birthing

Room Warmer a. Loctite® is a registered trademark of Loctite Corporation.

b. Nylok® is a registered trademark of Nylok Fastener Corporation.

c. Canoe™ is a trademark of Illinois Tool Works, Inc.

A/R As required


NOTES:





5


Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer—82 1A1 70 and 82 1B1 70


Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer—82 1A1 70 and 82 1B1 70

Figure 5-9. Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer—82 1A1 70 and 82 1B1 70





7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

Table 5-7. Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer—82 1A1 70 and 82 1B1

70


3

4

1

2

5

6

81 020 02

81 005 74

81 005 67

81 200 71

81 300 70T

81 600 80-R

23

81 600 70-R

81 400 73T

81 500 80-R

81 500 85-R

81 000 37

81 020 32

81 005 07

78 285 28

99 042 93

99 032 85

08 136 07-R

81 000 13

17 062 42

81 000 03

81 001 15

81 001 16

78 306 31

MU

MU11043 1

MU11018 1

MU10990 1

MU11214 1

MU11259 1

MU11584 1

MU11582

MU11369

MU11442

MU11451

MU10856

MU11071

MU10955

MU09879

MU15255

MU15201

MU01917

MU10845

MU02895

MU10839

MU10890

MU10891

MU10015

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

1

6

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

4

Qty Description

Bracket, heater head (pivot)

Cover, upper post

Base weldment, Birthing Room Warmer

Warmer head assembly, 120V

Tested controller assembly, 120V

Blender Module, Resuscitaire® Radiant

Warmer (82 1B1 70 model only)

Blender blank assembly Resuscitaire®

Radiant Warmer (82 1A1 70 model only)



Gas supply, oxygen with reserves,

Diameter Index Safety System (DISS) (82

1A1 70 model only)

Gas supply oxygen/air with reserves, DISS

(82 1B1 70 model only)

Label, data tag, system, Birthing Room

Warmer

Gasket, rear cover


Caster, swivel, 1.97", no brake, gray plastic


Screw, #8-32 x ¾", truss, phillips, stainless steel

Tubing, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), ¼" inner diameter x 27" long

Nipple, nylon, 3/16" x 3/16" tube

Bushing, snap-in, 0.38" inner diameter, ½" hole

Holder, suction bottle

Bottle, suction, 800 cc, marked

Tubing, suction with end, ¼" inner diameter, 6' long



5




24

25

28

29

30

44

45

46


26

27

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43


99 901 77

99 041 36

99 112 96

68 602 02

81 001 19

81 005 73

MU10895

MU10996

1

1

81 005 73NOK MU11005 1

81 005 73TLC


MU15229 20 Screw, #10-32 x 3/8" truss, phillips,

Nylok® b , stainless steel

MU15461 1

MU08414 2

Nut, round, knurled, 15/32"-32, brass, nickel-plated

Plug, panel fastening, 0.182"- 0.192",

Canoe® c

MU11013 1


Handle, rear, Birthing Room Warmer

Handle, rear, Birthing Room Warmer, natural oak

Handle, rear, Birthing Room Warmer, traditional cherry

82 005 00 MU11933 2

82 005 00NOK

82 005 00TLC

99 045 30

99 125 61

81 005 58

99 110 04

99 042 05

78 163 40

MU11944

MU11957

MU15271

MU15590

MU10983

MU15451

MU15238

MU09480

2

2

2

2

1

1

2

1


Warmer


Warmer, natural oak


Warmer, traditional cherry

Screw, #10-32 x 2.62", truss, phillips, stainless steel

Spacer, 0.257" inner diameter, 0.38" outer diameter, 1" long, nylon

Screw, stud, 0.375" outer diameter, 1.38" long, 5/16"-18

Nut, hex, 5/16"-18 keps, steel, zinc-plated

Screw, #10-32 x ½", truss, phillips, stainless steel, Nylok®

Clip, plastic, snap, self-adhesive, 0.38" inner diameter

99 902 74

99 124 16

99 901 40

81 020 03

81 020 04

81 020 05

MU15809 2 Tape, adhesive transfer, 0.01" thick x ½" wide

Washer, lock, #10, spring, cadmium-plated MU15569 2

MU15773 A/R Adhesive, thread locker, Loctite® #271, 50 ml

MU11044 1

MU11045 1

MU11046 1

Plate, head support








47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

81 000 30

81 400 10

81 400 17

81 200 50

81 101 23

81 005 15

MU10851 1 Label, caution—shock hazard/high pressure, English

MU11321 1 Label, air cylinder inlet, English

MU11326 1 or 2 Label, oxygen cylinder inlet, English

MU11200 1

MU11139 1

MU10962 1


Label, suction flow

Label, warmer height, Birthing Room

Warmer, English

82 001 00

81 301 32

MU11852 1

MU11274 1

78 265 41CC MU09761 2

81 300 25 MU11238 1

81 600 27

81 600 34

81 400 27

MU11566

MU11571

MU11334

1

1

1

Label, pipeline inlet water trap, English

Label, rear panel, 120V, English




Overlay, blender front panel, Radiant

Warmer English




English

81 500 50

81 500 60

81 990 36

81 000 90

BM1445

MU11425 1

MU11430

MU11678

MU10866

MU00606

1

1

2

1


Warmer English

Overlay, oxygen/air gas front panel,

Radiant Warmer, English

Placard, operating instructions, Birthing

Room Warmer


Plastic knob with setscrew a. Loctite® is a registered trademark of Loctite Corporation.


c. Canoe® is a registered trademark of Illinois Tool Works, Inc.

A/R As required

5



Wall Mounted Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Assembly—82 000 70/80


Wall Mounted Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Assembly—82 000

70/80

Figure 5-10. Wall Mounted Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Assembly—82 000 70/80





7

8

9

10

11

12

13


3

4

1

2

5

6

81 000 90

82 000 16

82 000 11

82 000 12

82 000 13

81 200 71

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

81 200 81

82 000 14

81 300 70T

81 300 80T

81 020 03

82 000 17

81 301 35

99 032 94

99 056 96

99 042 93

99 125 53

81 301 32

81 300 25

82 000 18

99 041 36

81 200 50

99 022 83

81 001 19

Table 5-8. Wall-Mounted Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer

Assembly—82 000 70/80

MU

MU10866 2

MU11788 1

MU11783 1

MU11784 2

MU11785 1

MU11214 1

Qty

MU11217

MU11786

MU11259

MU11261

MU11044

MU11789

MU11277

MU15203

MU15306

MU15255

MU15586

MU11274

MU11238

MU11790

MU15229

MU11200

MU15105

MU10895

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

4

2

4

1

1

1

8

1

4

1

Description


Label, mattress height, wall-mounted

Bracket, wall mount

Plate, wall mount

Post modification



Cover, upper post


Tested controller assembly, 220V-240V


Plate, head support

Label, user precaution, wall-mounted

Label, rear panel, 220V-240V, English


Screw, #8-32 x ¾", pan, phillips, stainless steel, sems internal

Screw, ¼"-20 x ¾", cap, hex, stainless steel


Washer, lock, split, ¼", stainless steel

Label, rear panel, 120V, English (120V model only)



Cover plate, wall mount



Screw, #6-32 x ¼", pan, phillips, stainless steel, sems external



5





25

26

81 000 30 MU10851 1

78 265 41CC MU09761 2


Label, explosion hazard, English a. Nylok® is a registered trademark of Nylok Fastener Corporation.


NOTES:





5


Cart Assembly (Bassinet) for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer


Cart Assembly (Bassinet) for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer

Figure 5-11. Cart Assembly (Bassinet) for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer





9

10

11

12

7

8

5

6

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

81 020 01

81 020 14

81 020 16

81 020 13

81 020 17

81 020 08

81 020 24

81 101 12

81 020 18

81 020 19

81 020 20

81 000 03

81 020 22

99 084 84

81 020 23

81 001 15

08 131 00

81 000 13

78 163 40

81 001 16

Table 5-9. Cart Assembly (Bassinet) for the Resuscitaire® Radiant

Warmer


3

4

1

2

78 170 20

81 900 42

81 020 12

81 005 07

MU

MU09577 1

MU11613 1

MU11053 1

MU10955 4

MU11042

MU11055

MU11057

MU11054

MU11058

MU11048

MU11064

MU11133

MU11059

MU11060

MU11061

MU10839

MU11062

MU15390

MU11063

MU10890

MU01905

MU10845

MU09840

MU10891

1

1

1

1

2

1

1

2

1

1

4

1

1

4

1

1

1

1

1

1

Qty Description

Mattress assembly, 20½" x 25¾"

Replacement front panel, Italian (old style)

Column, lower

Caster, swivel, 5.00", with brake, gray urethane

Base casting, machined

Frame support

Handle, front

Plate, mounting, frame support

Block, latch

Drawer, pass-thru

Plate, rear, resuscitation compartment

Slide, pass-thru drawer

Cover, resuscitation compartment

Plate, resuscitation compartment, weldment

Clamp, cable, spring-type, nylon, 0.38" inside diameter (model with suction only)

Holder, suction bottle (model with suction only)

Hinge, resuscitation compartment

Screw, self-tapping, #6-32 x 5/16", flat, pan, phillips, stainless steel (model with suction only)

Cord, ¼" outside diameter, 5.00" long with nylon eyelets

Bottle, suction, 800 cc, marked (plastic and disposable) (model with suction only)

Bottle, 1000 cc, marked “suction” (glass and reusable) (model with suction only)

Nipple, nylon, 3/16" x 3/16" tube (model with suction only)

Clip, plastic, snap, self-adhesive, 0.38" inside diameter (model with suction only)

Tubing, suction with ends, ¼" inside diameter, 6' long (model with suction only)


5




27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

39

40

41

42

43

36

37

38


25

26

81 100 81-R

81 101 23

44

45

46

47

99 010 67

99 031 54

99 031 52

99 022 84

99 042 05

99 056 66

99 111 25

99 195 22

99 068 61

99 106 21

99 122 92

81 100 63

99 125 54

99 901 77

78 161 20

99 106 32

99 126 71

99 041 36

81 101 24

81 100 72-R

81 900 01


MU11128

MU11139

MU15073

MU15187

MU15185

MU15106

MU15238

1

1

5

1

4

6

4

Bassinet assembly

Label, suction flow (model with suction only)

Screw, #4-40 x ¼", truss, phillips, stainless steel, Nylok® a

Screw, #8-32 x 3/8", flat, phillips, stainless steel, 100°, Nylok®

Screw, #8-32 x 3/8", truss, phillips, stainless steel, Nylok®

Screw, #6-32 x ¼", pan, phillips, steel, zinc-plated, sems


MU15304

MU15454

MU15734

MU15374

2

4

2

6

MU15432 5

MU15553 5

Nut, acorn, #8-32, stainless steel

Washer, lock, internal, #8, stainless steel

MU11116 2

MU15587 2

Catch, Nylatch® b roller

Washer, lock, internal, ¼", stainless steel

MU15779 A/R Loctite® c adhesive #242

MU09367 7

MU15433 8

MU15613 4



Washer, flat, 3/8" inside diameter, ¾" outside diameter, 0.065" thick, stainless steel

MU15229 2

MU11140

MU11124

MU11586

1

1

1

Screw, ¼"-20 x 5/8", cap, socket, button, stainless steel

Nut, hex, 3/8"-16, elastic stop, steel, zincplated

Screw, shoulder, 0.38" diameter, 0.38" long, 5/16"-18, stainless steel

Screw, 3/8"-16 x 3½", cap, hex, stainless steel


Label, suction jar placement (model with suction only)

Bassinet subassembly

Replacement rear panel, English






52

53

54

55

48

49

50

51

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

81 900 11

81 900 21

81 900 31

81 900 41

81 900 00

81 900 10

81 900 20

81 900 30

81 900 40

81 900 02

81 900 12

81 900 22

81 900 32

81 900 07

81 900 13

81 900 23

81 900 33

81 900 43

MU11595

MU11604

MU11608

MU11612

MU11585

MU11594

MU11603

MU11607

MU11611

MU11587

MU11596

MU11605

MU11609

MU11592

MU11597

MU11606

MU11610

MU11614

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Replacement rear panel, Spanish

Replacement rear panel, French

Replacement rear panel, German

Replacement rear panel, Italian

Replacement side panel, English

Replacement side panel, Spanish

Replacement side panel, French

Replacement side panel, German

Replacement side panel, Italian

Replacement front panel, English (old style)

Replacement front panel, Spanish (old style)

Replacement front panel, French (old style)

Replacement front panel, German (old style)

Replacement front panel, with bassinet release, English (new style)

Replacement front panel, with bassinet release, Spanish (new style)

Replacement front panel with bassinet release, French (new style)

Replacement front panel with bassinet release, German (new style)

Replacement front panel with bassinet release, Italian (new style) a. Nylok® is a registered trademark of Nylok Fastener Corporation.

b. Nylatch® is a registered trademark of Hartwell Corporation.

c. Loctite® is a registered trademark of Loctite Corporation.

A/R As required

5



Cart Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer—82 005 50, 82 005 50NOK, and 82 005 50TLC


Cart Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer—82

005 50, 82 005 50NOK, and 82 005 50TLC

Figure 5-12. Cart Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer—82 005 50,

82 005 50NOK, and 82 005 50TLC



Cart Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer—82 005 50, 82 005 50NOK, and 82 005 50TLC


5

6

7

8

81 100 57

99 044 64

99 107 38

99 125 65

Table 5-10. Cart Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Birthing Room

Warmer—

82 005 50, 82 005 50NOK, and 82 005 50TLC


3

4

1

2

Reference only

81 100 81-R

78 160 05

81 100 58

MU

1

MU11128 1

MU09350 2

MU11112 2

MU11113

MU15267

MU15440

MU15592

2

4

4

4

Qty Description

Cart base assembly

Bassinet assembly

Bracket, tilt adjust, plastic, machined

Screw, shoulder, 0.38" diameter, 0.3" long,

5/16"-18, stainless steel

Bushing, flange, 0.375" inner diameter,

0.495" outer diameter, 0.56 long

Screw, #10-32 x 1¾", truss, phillips, stainless steel

Nut, hex, #10-32, flexlock, steel, zincplated

Spacer, 0.257" inner diameter, 0.38" outer diameter, 0.38" long, nylon

5



Cart Base Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer—81 005 75


Cart Base Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Birthing Room

Warmer—81 005 75

Figure 5-13. Cart Base Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer—81

005 75



Cart Base Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer—81 005 75


8

9

6

7

10

3

4

5

11

12

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

13

14

15

16

17

Table 5-11. Cart Base Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Birthing Room

Warmer—81 005 75


1

2

Reference only

81 005 75G

81 005 68

81 005 69

81 005 12

81 005 01

81 005 09

81 005 10

81 005 13

81 005 07

81 900 53

17 062 52

Reference only

Reference only

Reference only

Reference only

Reference only

Reference only

Reference only

Reference only

Reference only

Reference only

Reference only

Reference only

81 005 55

MU

MU11021 1

MU10991

MU10992

MU10959

MU10945

MU10957

MU10958

MU10960

MU10955

MU11629

MU02896

MU10982

10

1

1

1

2

1

1

1

4

1

2

2

4

1

1

8

6

2

2

Qty

10

2

16

14

4

Description

Screw, #10 x 2", pan, phillips, zinc-plated

Cart base, Birthing Room Warmer, generic, unfinished

Handle, support, right

Handle, support, left

Cable assembly, latch, Birthing Room

Warmer

Bracket, docking

Plate, mounting, latch assembly

Latch, miniature rotary

Bracket, mounting, cable assembly

Caster, swivel, 5", with brake, gray urethane (metal housing)

Front drawer handle, replacement, Birthing

Room Warmer


Cap screw, ¼"-20 x ½", button, socket

Cap screw, ¼"-20 x 1¾", button, socket

Flat washer, #8 x ½", black

Flat washer, #8 x ¾", black

Screw, #10 x 1¾", pan, phillips, zincplated

Flat washer, #8 x 1¾", black

Screw, #10 x 1¼", pan, phillips, zincplated

Screw, #8 x ½", pan, phillips, black

Screw, ¼"-20 x 1½", carriage, zinc-plated

Screw, ¼"-20 x 1¾", hex, zinc-plated

Flat washer, 5/16" x ¾", zinc-plated

Hanger bolt, ¼"-20 x 2", steel

Caster, swivel, 5.00", with brake, gray polypropylene (plastic housing)

5



Bassinet Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer


Bassinet Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer

Figure 5-14. Bassinet Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer





9

10

11

12

13

7

8

5

6

Table 5-12. Bassinet Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Birthing Room

Warmer


3

4

1

2

81 020 31

81 900 01

81 900 00

81 900 07

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

78 170 20

81 100 72-R

81 020 07

82 000 10

81 100 03

81 100 04

81 100 46

81 100 47

81 100 34

78 162 65

08 136 03

99 123 32

22 025 49

99 023 54

81 100 68

81 100 67

99 105 35

99 124 41

81 100 69

99 122 46

MU

MU11070 1

MU11586 1

MU11585 2

MU11592 1

MU09577

MU11124

MU11047

MU11782

MU11085

MU11086

MU11103

MU11104

MU11095

MU09421

MU01912

MU15556

MU03754

MU15128

MU11120

MU11121

MU15423

MU15574

MU11121

MU15543

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

1

8

2

2

Qty

14

2

2

6

2

2

2

Description

Bassinet support



Replacement front panel, with bassinet release, English

Mattress assembly, 20½" x 25¾"

Bassinet subassembly

Support, mattress

Handle, bassinet tilt

Corner block, panel mounting, right front

Corner block, panel mounting, left front

Corner block, panel mounting, right rear

Corner block, panel mounting, left rear

Spring, external, ½" outer diameter, 0.55" wide, 1¾" long

Clip, spring, ¼"-0.31" diameter x ½" long

Tubing, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), ¼" inner diameter x 0.27" long

Washer, flat, 0.19" inner diameter, ¾" outer diameter, 0.06" thick, steel, zincplated

Tubing, PVC, 3/16" inner diameter, 0.27" long

Screw, #6-32 x 3/8", pan, phillips, stainless steel, Nylok® a

Cap, tubing, vinyl, 0.172" inner diameter,

½" long

Bracket, aluminum channel, front wall, released

Nut, hex, #6-32, Nylok®

Spacer, 0.2" inner diameter, 0.38" outer diameter, ¼" long, PVC

Spring, torsion, 0.357" outer diameter,

0.45" wide, stainless steel

Washer, shoulder, 0.14" inner diameter,.22

DS, 0.05LS, N


5





25 99 023 64 MU15131 2 Screw, #6-32 x 7/16", truss, phillips, stainless steel, Nylok® a. Nylok® is a registered trademark of Nylock Fastener Corporation.


NOTES:





5


Front, Side, and Rear Panel Assemblies for the Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer Bassinet Assembly


Front, Side, and Rear Panel Assemblies for the Resuscitaire®

Birthing Room Warmer Bassinet Assembly

Figure 5-15. Front, Side, and Rear Panel Assemblies for the Resuscitaire® Birthing

Room Warmer Bassinet Assembly



Front, Side, and Rear Panel Assemblies for the Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer Bassinet Assembly


5

6

12

13

14

15

16

17

7

8

9

10

11

78 162 00CC

99 902 59

81 900 00

81 100 07

81 100 38

78 162 01CC

81 900 07

81 100 49

81 100 37

81 100 50

81 100 54

81 100 55

81 100 59

Table 5-13. Front, Side, and Rear Panel Assemblies for the

Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer Bassinet Assembly


3

4

1

2

81 900 01

81 100 06

81 100 65-R

99 146 34


MU11586 1

MU11088 1


Channel, rear, panel mounting

MU11118

MU15684

1

18

Panel, rear, clear acrylic, 20.21" long

Pin, groove, type, ¼" diameter, 0.62" long, stainless steel, zinc-plated

Tape, vinyl, blue/pink, 18.12" long MU09375 2

MU15804 A/R Compound, room temperature vulcanization (RTV), silicon rubber, clear,

DC732

MU11585 2

MU11089 2

MU11097 2

MU09376 2

MU11592 1

MU11106 1

MU11096 1

MU11107 1

MU11108 1

MU11109

MU11113

1

4


Channel, side, panel mounting

Panel, side, clear acrylic, 25.65" long

Tape, vinyl, blue/pink, 23½" long

Replacement front panel, with bassinet release, English

Channel, panel mounting, front

Panel, front, clear acrylic, 20.21" long

Panel, front wall, anti-racking

Clip, front panel retention, right

Clip, front panel retention, left

Pin, hinge, 0.234" diameter, 17.63" long, aluminum

A/R As required

5



Variable Height Adjustable Cart Base and Column Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer


Variable Height Adjustable Cart Base and Column Assembly for the


Figure 5-16. Variable Height Adjustable Cart Base and Column Assembly for the

Resuscitaire Radiant Warmer





5

6

3

4

7


1

2

82 010 03

81 005 07

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

20

21

22

23

24

17

18

19

Table 5-14. Variable Height Adjustable Cart Base and Column Assembly for the Resuscitaire Radiant Warmer

81 020 01

82 010 00

82 010 01

83 401 30

83 401 31

99 010 67

99 010 62

99 011 14

99 111 25

99 022 86

99 998 76

99 068 91

82 010 02

17 735 63

99 901 77

99 106 32

17 735 64

17 683 52

17 BH 236

17 653 09

82 010 06

82 010 04

MU

MU11987

MU10955

MU11042

MU11984

MU11985

MU12808

MU12809

MU15073

1

4

1

1

1

1

1

4

Qty Description

Lower column, outer, VHA



Plate, dress, base, VHA

Plate, mounting, actuator/fixed column

Actuator, 120V (120V model only)

Actuator, 220V (220V and 240V models only)


MU15068

MU15084

MU15454

MU15108

2

2

4

4

Screw, #4-40 x ¼", flat, phillips, stainless steel

Screw, #4-40 x 3/8", round, phillips, stainless steel, Nylok®


Screw, #6-32 x ¼", round, phillips, stainless steel, Nylok®

MU15896

MU15377

MU02613

MU03265

MU11990

MU11988

8

2

2

2

1

1

Screw, M6 x 1.0" x ¼" long, cap, socket, stainless steel

Screw, 3/8"-16 x 1¾", cap, hex, steel, zincplated

Lower column, inner, VHA MU11986 1

MU03627 1

MU15779 A/R Loctite® b (adhesive) #242

MU15433 4

MU03628 1


Connector, receptacle, female, AC power,

10A, 250V

MU03320 2

Connector, receptacle, male, AC power,

10A, 250V

Switch, rocker, double-pole double-throw

(DPDT), 10A/250V AC

Circuit breaker, special thermal, 6.0A

Relay, DPDT, 10A, 250V AC, UL/CSA® c

Bracket, relay mounting

Plate, separator, outer, lower column


5





25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

82 010 07

82 010 05

17 734 12

68 212 00

Reference only

82 010 11

82 010 12

MU11991 1

MU11989 1

MU03546 1

MU06964 1

Gasket, separator plate

Wire harness, Radiant Warmer, VHA

Cord lock adapter

Label, ground symbol, protective

A/R RTV compound, clear, DC732

MU11994 1 Wire harness, actuator, Radiant Warmer,

VHA

MU11995 1

MU11997 1

Wire harness, power in—power out,

Radiant Warmer

Label, cover must be replaced 82 010 14 a. Nylok® is a registered trademark of Nylok Fastener Corporation.

b. Loctite® is a registered trademark of Loctite Corporation.

c. CSA® is a registered trademark of Canadian Standards Association.

A/R As required


NOTES:





5


Resuscitation Variable Height Adjustable Cart, 240V Base and Column Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Radiant

Warmer (for the U.K.)


Resuscitation Variable Height Adjustable Cart, 240V Base and

Column Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer (for the

U.K.)

Figure 5-17. Resuscitation Variable Height Adjustable Cart, 240V Base and Column

Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer (for the U.K.)


5

6

3

4





Table 5-15. Resuscitation Variable Height Adjustable Cart, 240V Base and Column Assembly for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer (U.K.

Model)


1

2

82 010 03

81 005 07

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

81 020 01

82 010 00

83 401 31

99 010 67

99 010 62

99 011 14

99 111 25

99 022 86

99 998 76

99 068 72

82 010 13

17 735 63

99 901 77

99 106 32

17 735 64

17 683 52

82 010 30

17 653 10

82 010 06

82 010 04

82 010 07

82 010 05


MU11987

MU10955

MU11042

MU11984

MU12809

MU15073

1

4

1

1

1

4

Lower column, outer, VHA, U.K.



Plate, dress, base, VHA

Actuator, 220V


MU15068

MU15084

MU15454

MU15108

2

2

4

2




Screw, #6-32 x ¼", round, phillips, stainless steel, Nylok®

MU15896

MU15376

8

4

MU11996 1

MU03627 1

MU15779 A/R Loctite® b (adhesive) #242

MU15433 4

MU03628 1



10A 250V

MU03320 2


10A 250V

MU12007

MU03266

MU11990 1

MU11988 1

MU11991

MU11989

2

2

1

1

Screw, M6 x 1 x 25 long, cap, socket, stainless steel

Screw, 3/8"-16 x 4.50", cap, hex, steel, zinc-plated, groove pin 5

Lower column, inner, VHA, U.K.


(DPDT), 10A/250V AC

Spacer, actuator mounting

Relay, DPDT, 10A 250V AC, VDE


Plate, separator, outer lower column

Gasket separator plate



5






25

26

27

28

29

30

31

17 734 12

68 212 00

Reference only

82 010 11

82 010 12

82 010 14

99 998 77

MU03546 1

MU06964 1

A/R RTV compound, clear, DC732

MU11994 1 Wire harness, actuator, Radiant Warmer,

VHA

MU11995 1

Cord lock adapter


MU11997 1

MU15897 4


Radiant Warmer

Label, cover must be replaced

Screw, M6 x 1 x 60 mm long, cap, socket, stainless steel a. Nylok® is a registered trademark of Nylok Fastener Corporation.

b. Loctite® is a registered trademark of Loctite Corporation.

A/R As required






NOTES:


5


Variable Height Adjustable Cart Assembly, without Resuscitation, for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer


Variable Height Adjustable Cart Assembly, without Resuscitation, for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer

Figure 5-18. Variable Height Adjustable Cart Assembly, without Resuscitation, for the






Table 5-16. Variable Height Adjustable Cart Assembly, without

Resuscitation, for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer

Item

7

8

5

6

9

3

4

1

2

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

Part Number

81 020 14

81 020 16

81 020 13

81 020 17

81 020 08

81 020 24

81 101 12

81 020 18

81 020 19

81 020 22

81 020 23

81 100 81

99 010 67

99 031 54

99 031 52

99 022 84

99 042 05

99 056 66

99 195 22

99 068 61

99 106 21

99 122 92

99 123 62

81 100 63

99 125 54

MU

MU11055 1

MU11057 1

MU11054 1

MU11058 2

MU11048 1

MU11064 1

MU11133 2

MU11059 1

MU11060 1

Qty

MU11062

MU11063

MU11128

MU15073

MU15187

MU15185

MU15106

MU15238

MU15304

MU15734

MU15374

MU15432

MU15553

MU15559

MU11116

MU15587

1

1

1

5

2

4

6

4

2

2

6

5

5

1

2

2

Description

Frame support

Handle, front


Block, latch

Drawer, pass-through


Slide, pass-thru drawer




Cord, ¼" outside diameter, 5.00" long, with nylon eyelets

Bassinet assembly




Screw, #6-32 x ¼", pan, phillips, steel, zinc-plated, SEMS




Screw, 3/8"-16 x 3½", cap, hex, stainless steel



Washer, flat, #10, stainless steel (0.062" thick)




5





26

27

28

99 901 77

78 161 20

99 106 32

MU15779 A/R Loctite® c (adhesive) #242

MU09367 7

MU15433 8


Nut, hex, #8-32, keps, steel, zinc-plated a. Nylok® is a registered trademark of Nylok Fastener Corporation.



A/R As required





NOTES:


5


Resuscitation Variable Height Adjustable Cart Assembly, 120V/220V/240V for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer


Resuscitation Variable Height Adjustable Cart Assembly,

120V/220V/240V for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer

Figure 5-19. Resuscitation Variable Height Adjustable Cart Assembly, 120V/220V/240V for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer





10

11

12

13

14

18

19

20

21

15

16

17

Table 5-17. Resuscitation Variable Height Adjustable Cart Assembly,

120V/220V/240V for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer


7

8

5

6

9

3

4

1

2

81 020 14

81 020 16

81 020 13

81 020 17

81 020 08

81 020 24

81 101 12

81 020 18

81 020 19

22

23

24

25

81 020 20

81 000 03

81 020 22

99 084 84

81 020 23

81 001 15

81 000 13

78 163 40

82 010 10-R

81 100 81-R

81 101 23

99 010 67

99 031 54

99 031 52

99 022 84

99 042 05

MU

MU11055 1

MU11057 1

MU11054 1

MU11058 2

MU11048 1

MU11064 1

MU11133 2

MU11059 1

MU11060 1

MU11061

MU10839

MU11062

MU15390

MU11063

MU10890

MU10845

MU09480

MU11993

MU11128

MU11139

MU15073

MU15187

MU15185

MU15106

MU15238

4

1

1

4

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

5

2

4

6

4

Qty Description

Frame support

Handle, front


Block, latch

Drawer, pass-thru


Slide, pass-through drawer



Clamp, cable, spring-type, nylon, 0.38" inside diameter



Screw, self-tapping, #6-32 x 5/16", flat, pan, phillips, stainless steel




Clip, plastic, snap, self-adhesive, 0.38" inside diameter

Tubing, suction with end, ¼" inside diameter, 42.0" long

Bassinet assembly

Label, suction flow




Screw, #6-32 x ¼", pan, phillips, steel, zinc-plated, sems



5





26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

99 056 66

99 195 22

99 068 61

99 106 21

81 001 16

99 122 92

81 100 63

99 125 54

99 901 77

78 161 20

99 106 32

81 101 24

MU15304

MU15734

2

2

MU09367 7

MU15433 8

MU11140 1



MU15374 6 Screw, 3/8"-16 x 3½", cap, hex, stainless steel

Nut, acorn, #8-32, stainless steel MU15432 5

MU10891 1 Tubing, suction with ends, ¼" inside diameter, 6' long

MU15553

MU11116

5

2

MU15587 2




MU15779 A/R Loctite® c (adhesive) #242



Label, suction jar placement a. Nylok® is a registered trademark of Nylok Fastener Corporation.



A/R As required





NOTES:


5


Variable Height Adjustable Cart, 120V/240V Base and Column Assembly (Models with Variable Tilt Bassinet) for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer


Variable Height Adjustable Cart, 120V/240V Base and Column

Assembly (Models with Variable Tilt Bassinet) for the Resuscitaire®

Radiant Warmer

Figure 5-20. Variable Height Adjustable Cart, 120V/240V Base and Column Assembly

(Models with Variable Tilt Bassinet) for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer





Table 5-18. Variable Height Adjustable Cart, 120V/240V Base and

Column Assembly (Models with Variable Tilt Bassinet) for the



1 81 005 07

2

3

7

8

4

5

6

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

99 901 77

99 111 25

81 020 01

82 011 00

99 998 77

82 010 30

99 068 72

82 010 40

82 010 41

99 022 86

82 010 13

99 011 14

17 734 12

17 735 63

17 683 52

17 BH 236

82 010 14

82 010 04

Reference only

82 010 07

17 735 64

99 010 62

99 010 67


MU10955

MU11042

MU12023

4

1

1

MU15897 4

Caster, swivel, 5.00", with brake, gray urethane

MU15779 A/R Loctite® a (adhesive) #242

MU15454 4 Nut, hex, 3/8"-16, elastic stop, steel, zincplated


Frame/column outer, VHA, variable tilt

MU12007 2

MU15376 4


Spacer, actuator mounting

MU12008

MU12009

MU15108

1

1

4

Screw, 3/8"-16 x 4.50", cap, hex, steel, zinc-plated, groove pin 5



Screw, #6-32 x ¼", round, phillips, stainless steel, Nylok® b

MU11996 1

MU15084 2

MU03546

MU03627

MU03320

1

1

2

Lower column, inner, VHA, U.K.


Cord lock adapter


10A 250V


(DPDT), 10A/250V AC

MU02613 2

MU11997 1

Circuit breaker, special thermal, 6.0A

Label, cover must be replaced

MU11988 1 Plate, separator, outer lower column

A/R RTV compound, clear

MU11991 1

MU03628 1

MU15068

MU15073

2

4

Gasket separator plate


10A/250V


Screw, #4-40 x ¼", truss, phillips, stainless steel, Nylok®


5





26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

17 653 09

17 653 10

99 998 76

68 121 35

82 010 06

82 010 05

99 106 32

82 010 12

82 010 11

MU03265

MU03266

MU15896

MU06588

MU11990

MU11989

MU15433

MU11995

MU11994

2

2

8

8

1

1

8

1

1

Relay, double-pole double-throw (DPDT),

10A/250V AC, UL/CSA® c

Relay, DPDT, 10A/250V AC, VDE


Bearing, flange, non-metallic, 0.38" inside diameter





Radiant Warmer

Wire harness, actuator, Radiant Warmer,

VHA a. Loctite® is a registered trademark of Loctite Corporation.

b. Nylok® is a registered trademark of Nylok Corporation.

c. CSA® is a registered trademark of Canadian Standards Association.

A/R As required





NOTES:


5


Resuscitation Variable Height Adjustable Cart Assembly, 120V/240V for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer

(Models with Variable Tilt Bassinet)


Resuscitation Variable Height Adjustable Cart Assembly, 120V/240V for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer (Models with Variable Tilt

Bassinet)

Figure 5-21. Resuscitation Variable Height Adjustable Cart Assembly, 120V/240V for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer (Models with Variable Tilt Bassinet)






Table 5-19. Resuscitation Variable Height Adjustable Cart Assembly,

120V/240Vfor the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer (Models with Variable

Tilt Bassinet)

4

5

6

7

8

16

17

18

12

13

14

15

19

20

21


1

2

3

81 020 18

81 020 24

99 022 84

9

10

11

22

23

24

99 123 62

99 010 67

81 100 63

81 001 15

82 010 10-R

81 000 03

99 041 36

99 056 66

99 125 54

81 101 24

81 020 17

99 106 21

99 122 92

81 101 23

81 020 23

81 020 16

81 000 13

78 163 40

82 000 19

99 031 54

81 101 16

MU

MU11059 1

MU11064 1

MU15106 6

Qty

MU15559

MU15073

MU11116 2

MU10890 1

MU11993 1

MU10839

MU15229

MU15304

MU15587

MU11140

MU11058

MU15432

MU15553

MU11139

MU11063

MU11057

MU10845

MU09480

MU11791

MU15187

MU11136

2

5

1

2

2

2

1

2

4

4

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

1

Description



Screw, #6-32 x ¼", pan, phillips, steel, zinc-plated, SEMS





Tubing, suction with end, ¼" inside diameter, 42.0" long





Label, suction jar placement

Block, latch



Label, suction flow


Handle, front


Clip, plastic, snap, self-adhesive, 0.38" inside diameter

Label, warning, transport height


Bumper, neoprene, ¼" inside diameter,

0.62" outside diameter, 1.00" long


5






25

26

27

28

29

30

31

99 045 24

81 020 22

99 106 32

81 101 12

99 031 52

81 020 08

78 161 20

MU15269

MU11062

MU15433

MU11133

MU15185

MU11048

MU09367

1

1

8

2

4

1

1

Screw, #10-32 x 2.00", cap, hex, stainless steel



Slide, pass-through drawer


Drawer, pass-through

Plug button, nylon, 0.88" hole a. Nylok® is a registered trademark of Nylok Fastener Corporation.







NOTES:


5


Variable Height Adjustable Cart Assembly, 120V/240V with Variable Tilt Bassinet for the Resuscitaire® Radiant

Warmer


Variable Height Adjustable Cart Assembly, 120V/240V with Variable

Tilt Bassinet for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer

Figure 5-22. Variable Height Adjustable Cart Assembly, 120V/240V with Variable Tilt

Bassinet for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer


7

8

9



Warmer


Table 5-20. Variable Height Adjustable Cart Assembly, 120V/240V with

Variable Tilt Bassinet for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer


3

4

1

2

5

6

99 042 05

82 011 09

82 011 11

82 011 30

Reference only

99 042 05

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

99 122 93

78 156 20

99 113 01

78 156 30

99 042 91

99 123 62

82 011 10

99 126 75

68 121 35

82 011 03

99 042 55

99 124 16

82 011 07

99 125 68

99 058 02

82 011 01

82 011 04


MU15238 4

MU12031 1

MU12033 1

MU12037 4

A/R Loctite® a adhesive #411

MU15238 1 Screw, #10-32 x ½", truss, phillips, stainless steel, Nylok® b

MU15554

MU09337

1

1

MU15462 2

Washer, lock, external, #8, stainless steel

Split nut, special, ½"-13 (see view A)

MU09339 3

Nut, hex, self-locking, ½"-13, steel, zincplated (see view A)

Standoff, hex, ¼"-20 inside diameter, 1.12" long, steel, zinc-plated

MU15253 1

Screw, #10-32

Shroud, bassinet, left

Shroud, bassinet, right

Shoulder screw, special—¼"-20

MU15559

MU12032

MU15614

MU06588

MU12025

1

1

2

2

1

MU15243 6

Screw, #10-32 x ¾", cap, socket, stainless steel, Nylok®


Crank knob assembly

Spacer, 0.386" inside diameter, 0.62" hex,

0.38" long, stainless steel

Bearing, flange, non-metallic, 0.38" inside diameter

Lead screw (see view A)

MU15569

MU12029

MU15594

MU15319

6

2

2

2

Screw, #10-32 x 5/8", cap, socket, stainless steel

Washer, lock, spiral, #10, steel, cadmiumplated

Pivot support

Spacer, 0.257" inside diameter, 0.38" outside diameter, 0.62" long, stainless steel

Screw, ¼"-20 x 1.12", cap, socket, stainless steel

MU12024 1

MU12026 4

Cradle/bassinet, weldment, Radiant

Warmer

Standoff, 5/8" hex, #10-32 inside diameter,

1¼" long, steel


5



Warmer



24

25

99 042 02 MU15236 4 Screw, #10-32 x ½", flat, phillips, stainless steel

Bassinet assembly 82 011 20 MU12036 1 a. Loctite® is a registered trademark of Loctite Corporation.


A/R As required




Warmer


NOTES:


5


Bassinet Subassembly for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer


Bassinet Subassembly for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer

Figure 5-23. Bassinet Subassembly for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer

NOTE :

Bottom view shown.



Bassinet Subassembly for the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer


Table 5-21. Bassinet Subassembly for the Resuscitaire® Radiant

Warmer


7

8

5

6

3

4

1

2

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

81 020 31

81 020 07

82 000 10

81 100 03

81 100 04

81 100 46

81 100 47

81 100 34

78 162 65

08 136 03

99 123 32

22 025 49

99 023 54

81 100 68

81 100 67

99 042 91

99 105 35

99 124 41

81 100 69

99 122 46

99 023 64

MU11070

MU11047

MU11782

MU11085

MU11086

MU11103

MU11104

MU11095

MU09421

MU01912

MU15556

MU03754

MU15128

MU11120

MU11121

MU15253

MU15423

MU15574

MU11121

MU15543

MU15131

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

1

8

2

2

12

2

2

2

6

2

2

4

2

Bassinet support

Support, mattress

Handle, bassinet tilt

Corner block, panel mounting, right front

Corner block, panel mounting, left front

Corner block, panel mounting, right rear

Corner block, panel mounting, left rear

Spring, external, ½" outside diameter,

0.055" wide, 1¾" long

Clip, spring, ¼"-0.31" diameter x ½" long

Tubing, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), ¼" inside diameter x 0.27" long

Washer, flat, 0.19" inside diameter, ¾" outside diameter, 0.06" thick, steel, zincplated

Tubing, PVC, 3/16" inside diameter, 0.27" long

Screw, #6-32 x 3/8", pan, phillips, stainless steel, Nylok® a

Cap, tubing, vinyl, 0.172" inside diameter,

½" long

Bracket, aluminum channel, front wall, release

Screw, #10-32 x ¾", cap, socket, stainless steel, Nylok®

Nut, hex, #6-32, stainless steel, Nylok®

Spacer, 0.200" inside diameter, 0.38" outside diameter, ¼" long, PVC

Spring, torsion, 0.357" outside diameter,

0.045" wide, stainless steel

Washer, shoulder, 0.14" inside diameter,

0.22" diameter, 0.05" long, neoprene

Screw, #6-32 x 7/16", truss, phillips, stainless steel, Nylok® a. Nylok® is a registered trademark of Nylok Fastener Corporation.

5



Warmer Head Assembly


Warmer Head Assembly

Figure 5-24. Warmer Head Assembly


8

9

10

15

16

17

18

23

24

25

11

12

13

14

19

20

21

22





6

7

4

5

1

2

3

81 020 41

Reference only

99 901 77

81 020 10

Reference only

78 260 36

17 807 41

78 258 70

78 260 25

78 265 95

78 265 96

81 020 28

81 020 30

17 725 64

81 200 19

81 020 11

81 200 17

81 020 40

81 200 15

81 200 22

81 200 13

81 200 18

81 200 34

81 200 35

81 200 33

Table 5-22. Warmer Head Assembly


MU11077 1

1

Wire, ground, #6 ring, 4.00" long

Label, data tag, 1.63" x 3.00"


MU11051 1

1

MU09709 1

MU03690 1

MU09702

MU09707

1

1

MU09798 1

Chassis, shroud

Heater subassembly

Window, glass, square

Lamp, incandescent, quartz-halogen, 12V,

50 W

Connector assembly, examination light

Bracket, lamp mounting

MU09799

MU11067

MU11069

MU03410

MU11180

MU11052

1

1

1

2

2

1

MU11178 2

MU11076 1

Transformer assembly, examination light,

120V

Transformer assembly, examination light,

240V

Bracket, lamp

Cable assembly, electrical module to warmer head


Keeper, ball plunger

Bracket, heater head pivot

MU11176

MU11182

1

1

Ball plunger, 5/8"-11 thread

Washer, flat, 2.02" inside diameter, 4¾" outside diameter, 0.19" polyethylene

Washer, thrust, 2.02" inside diameter, 4¼" outside diameter

Washer, flat, bottom, with studs, 4¼" outside diameter

MU11174 3

MU11179

MU11188

MU11189

MU11187

1

1

1

1

Spring, compression, 0.48" outside diameter, 0.06" x 0.09" wide, 1" long

Washer, flat, top, 2.001" inside diameter,

4¼" outside diameter

Label, heater replacement, 120V

Label, heater replacement, 220V-240V

Label, lamp replacement,

English/Spanish/French/German/Italian


5




29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42


26

27

28

68 212 00

81 020 26

99 023 51

99 022 83

99 030 76

99 105 34

99 123 32

99 187 51

81 003 03

81 003 01

81 003 02

81 003 00

99 106 32

99 123 69

81 003 04

81 990 65

81 900 18

MU Qty

MU06964 3

MU11065 1

MU15127 14

MU15105

MU15171

MU15422

MU15556

MU15725

MU10936

MU10934

MU10935

MU10933

MU15433

MU15562

MU10937

MU11699

MU11601

2

4

6

2

1

2

2

2

1

2

4

1

1

1

Description


Cover, top

Screw, #6-32 x 3/8", truss, phillips, stainless steel, Nylok® b

Screw, #6-32 x ¼", pan, phillips, stainless steel, sems, external

Screw, #8-32 x ¼", truss, phillips, stainless steel, Nylok®


Washer, flat, 0.19" inside diameter, ¾" outside diameter, 0.06" thick, steel, zincplated

Ring, retaining, external, steel

(WAL 5100-200-ZD)

Strap, grill (for use with units equipped with P/N 81 990 65 (Retrofit kit, heater grill only)

Bracket, grill (for use with units equipped with P/N 81 990 65 (Retrofit kit, heater grill only)

Plate, grill (for use with units equipped with P/N 81 990 65 (Retrofit kit, heater grill only)

Grill, shroud (for use with units equipped with P/N 81 990 65 (Retrofit kit, heater grill only)


(for use with units equipped with

P/N 81 990 65 (Retrofit kit, heater grill only)

Washer, flat, 0.200" inside diameter,

0.751" outside diameter, 0.062" thick, stainless steel (for use with units equipped with P/N 81 990 65 (Retrofit kit, heater grill only)

Grill, guard

Retrofit kit, heater grill

Filter assembly






43 17 063 22 MU02923 2 Clamp, cable, loop, tefzel, 0.12 inside diameter a. Loctite® is a registered trademark of Loctite Corporation.


A/R As required


5


Heater Subassembly


Heater Subassembly

Figure 5-25. Heater Subassembly



Heater Subassembly


Table 5-23. Heater Subassembly


3

4

1

2

9

10

11

7

8

5

6

12

13

14

15

81 200 43

81 020 27

81 200 08

Reference only

81 200 42

81 990 50

81 900 70

81 200 07

81 200 29

81 020 29

99 022 83

99 023 31

99 023 51

99 025 23

Reference only

MU11195

MU11066

MU11173

MU11194

MU11689

MU11637

MU11172

MU11185

MU11068

MU15105

MU15119

MU15127

MU15155

2

2

1

2

2

1

1

2

4

1

4

8

1

1

2

Spring, retaining

End plate, main reflector

Reflector, main

Bracket, parabola (for use with units equipped with P/N 81 990 65 (Retrofit kit, heater grill) only)

Bracket, heater mounting

Heater replacement kit, 120V

Secondary reflector replacement kit

Rod, heater guard

Clip, retaining, 3/16" shaft

Heat shield

Screw, #6-32 x ¼", pan, phillips, stainless steel, sems external



Screw, #6-32 x 1.00", truss, phillips, stainless steel, Nylok®

Bracket, parabola (for use with units equipped with P/N 81 003 04 (Grill, guard) only) a. Nylok® is a registered trademark of Nylok Fastener Corporation.

5



Controller Assembly


Controller Assembly

Figure 5-26. Controller Assembly


9

5

6

7

8





3

4

1

2

12 995 00

17 585 58

99 182 06

81 990 80

81 990 81

81 990 82

81 990 83

81 990 84

81 990 85

81 990 86

81 990 87

81 990 88

81 990 89

81 990 90

81 990 91

81 990 92

81 300 13

81 307 75

81 308 70T

81 308 80T

MU

MU01975 2

MU03067 1

MU15714 1

MU11703 1

Qty

MU11704

MU11705

MU11706

MU11707

MU11708

MU11709

MU11710

MU11711

MU11712

MU11713

MU11714

MU11715

MU11231

MU11298

MU11311

MU11315

Table 5-24. Controller Assembly

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Description

Wire tie (4½" long)

Suppressor, ferrite, 120 ohms

Ring, retaining, Nat 6100-37-ST-ZD

Replacement kit, electrical front panel,

RW, English


RW, Spanish


RW, French


RW, German


RW, Italian


RW, Swedish


RW, Dutch


RW, Danish


RW, Flemish


RW, Finnish


RW, Norwegian


RW, Portuguese


RW, Greek

Panel, rear, Electrical Module

P.C. board 1 assembly, display, with Baby

Mode

Tested P.C. board 2 assembly, power and control (120V model only)

Tested P.C. board 2 assembly, power and control, 220V-240V, (220V and 240V models only)

Not used


5





10 17 683 01

11

12

16

17

18

13

14

15

19

28

29

30

31

32

33

24

25

26

27

20

21

22

23

34

35

36

17 683 08

17 683 09

17 682 98

17 682 99

17 683 32

81 000 08

17 683 20

17 683 11

17 683 18

17 734 12

17 BH 212

17 BH 209

68 212 00

68 212 05

81 300 15

81 300 40

81 300 42

81 300 44

81 003 14

81 300 48

81 300 50

81 300 52

81 300 54

81 300 60

81 300 62

81 001 01

Page 5 - 86

MU

MU03306 1

Qty

MU03307

MU03308

MU03304

MU03305

MU03312

MU10843

MU03311

MU03309

MU03310

MU03546

MU02608

MU02606

MU06964

MU06965

MU11233

MU11244

MU11245

MU11246

MU10942

MU11248

MU11249

MU11250

MU11251

MU11252

MU11253

MU10876

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Description

Actuator, switch, push button, light, rectangular, mount

Actuator, switch, push button, light, round, momentary

Actuator, switch, push button, light, round, mount

Lens, round, flat, transparent, key insert

Lens, round, flat, transparent, lamp insert

Lens, rectangular, concave, translucent, white

Insulator, mylar, 2¼" x 0.38" x 0.005" min

Lamp, incandescent, clear, T-1¾", 14V

Contact block, push button switch, doublepole single-throw (DPST), normally open

(NO)

Contact block, push button switch, threepole single-throw (3PST), two normally open/normally closed (2NO/NC)

Cord lock adapter

Circuit breaker, DPST, 12A, 250V/28V

Circuit breaker, DPST, 6.0A, 250V/28V


Label, ground symbol, functional

Power supply, switching, DC, 40W

Cable assembly, data port

AC wire harness assembly

Cable assembly, DC power

Cable assembly, skin probe

Cable assembly, auxiliary switch

Cable assembly, key pad lock

Wire assembly, ground two

Cable assembly, AC receptacle to circuit breaker

Connector assembly, AC receptacle, male,

10A, Independent Electrical Contractors

Fan/transducer assembly

Label, data tag, 1.63" x 3.00"






37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

99 010 56

99 011 35

99 022 72

99 023 26

99 105 70

99 121 35

99 122 20

99 999 72

99 116 87

99 116 95

99 116 89

99 116 90

99 901 38

17 BS 462

81 300 69

MU15067

MU15086

MU15101

MU15117

MU15495

MU15489

MU15490

2

2

8

2

MU15426 6

MU15512 2

MU15530 8

MU15917 6

MU15488 2

2

2

4

MU11256 1

Screw, #4-40 x ¼", truss, phillips, stainless steel


Screw, #6-32 x ¼", truss, phillips, stainless steel

Screw, #6-32 x 3/8", round, phillips, stainless steel

Nut, hex, #6-32, conical washer, keps, steel


Washer, lock, external, #6, stainless steel

Washer, rib spring, S3, steel, zinc-plated

Standoff, hex, #6-32 male and female,


Standoff, hex, #6-32 male and female,


Standoff, hinge, #6-32 inside diameter, ¼" outside diameter, 1.00" long, stainless steel

Standoff, #6-32 inside diameter, ¼" hex,

0.56" long, nylon

MU15772 A/R Loctite® a screwlock #222

MU02808 1 Connector, board spacer, male double row,

42-position

Probe, ambient temperature a. Loctite® is a registered trademark of Loctite Corporation.

A/R As required

5



Blender—81 600 80 and Blender Blank—81 600 70


Blender—81 600 80 and Blender Blank—81 600 70

Figure 5-27. Blender—81 600 80 and Blender Blank—81 600 70



Blender—81 600 80 and Blender Blank—81 600 70


7

8

5

6

3

4

Table 5-25. Blender—81 600 80 and Blender Blank—81 600 70


1 81 501 36

2 81 501 39

81 600 00

81 600 40

81 600 06

99 106 32

81 000 38

81 501 38

MU

MU11498

MU11501

MU11563

MU11572

MU11564

MU15433

MU10857

MU11500

1

1

1

1

1

4

1

1

Qty Description

Tubing, polyethylene, 0.187" inside diameter, 0.312" outside diameter, 4½" long (blank model only) (not shown)

Tubing, polyethylene, 0.187" inside diameter, 0.312" outside diameter, 14" long

(blender only)

Chassis, microblender

Microblender, low-flow, no bleed (blender only)

Clip, support, microblender (blender only)


(blender only)

Label, data tag, 1.81" square (blender only)

Tubing, polyethylene, 0.187" inside diameter, 0.312" outside diameter, 11.00" long (blender only)

5



RM2001™ Gas Delivery Module Assembly


RM2001™ Gas Delivery Module Assembly

Figure 5-28. RM2001™ Gas Delivery Module Assembly


1 81 400 74T

Table 5-26. RM2001™ Gas Delivery Module Assembly

MU

MU11371

Qty

Tested RM2001™ Gas Delivery Module

Assembly

Description



Resuscitation Module Assembly (Models without AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator)


Resuscitation Module Assembly (Models without AutoBreath™

Infant Resuscitator)

Figure 5-29. Resuscitation Module Assembly

(Models without AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator)


1 81 400 73T

Table 5-27. Resuscitation Module Assembly

(Models without AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator)

MU

MU11369

Qty Description



5



Resuscitation Module Assembly (Models with AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator)


Resuscitation Module Assembly (Models with AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator)

Figure 5-30. Resuscitation Module Assembly (Models with AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator)


1 81 400 80T

2 81 400 81T

Table 5-28. Resuscitation Module Assembly

(Models with AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator)

MU

MU11373

MU11375

Qty Description






NOTES:


Resuscitation Module Assembly (Models with AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator)



5


Oxygen Pipeline with Oxygen Cylinder (Pin-Index) Gas Supply Module—Diameter Index Safety System (DISS),

Non-Interchangeable Screw Thread (NIST), and Low-Pressure


Oxygen Pipeline with Oxygen Cylinder (Pin-Index) Gas Supply

Module—Diameter Index Safety System (DISS), Non-

Interchangeable Screw Thread (NIST), and Low-Pressure

Figure 5-31. Oxygen Pipeline with Oxygen Cylinder (Pin-Index) Gas Supply Module—

DISS, NIST, and Low-Pressure

NOTE:

Apply item number 43 to all pipe fittings.

Apply item number 44 to all threaded fasteners.


2

3

4

5





Table 5-29. Oxygen Pipeline with Oxygen Cylinder (Pin-Index) Gas

Supply Module—Diameter Index Safety System (DISS), Non-



1 68 504 09

6

7

8

9

81 000 38

81 500 01

81 500 06

68 239 27

68 239 36

81 500 43

81 500 21

81 500 32

10 81 500 03

11 81 500 08

12 81 500 36

13 81 500 02

14 99 116 91

15 81 500 40

16 81 500 22

17 81 501 17

18 78 422 41

19 78 440 15

20 81 500 33

21 81 500 05

22 81 501 69

23 81 500 37

MU

MU08095 1

Qty

MU10857

MU11393

MU11398

MU07237

MU07243

MU11420

MU11402

MU11411

MU11395

MU11400

MU11414

MU11394

MU15491

MU11417

MU11403

MU11479

MU10188

MU10216

MU11412

MU11397

MU11520

MU11415

1

1

1

4

4

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

1

1

2

2

2

1

1

1

1

Description

Bushing, ¼" National Pipe Thread

(NPT)—1/8" NPT, brass, high pressure oxygen (HpO2)

Label, data tag, 1.81" square

Chassis, gas supply, with cylinder holes

Manifold, pipeline

Connector, male, ¼" NPT—oxygen DISS

(81 500 80-R only)

Adapter, ¼" NPT—oxygen NIST female

(81 500 81-R only)

Check valve, ¼" NPT, male in, female out

Tee, ¼" outside diameter tubing, ¼" NPT, male branch

Connector, bulkhead, 0.12" tube swage—

1/8" NPT, female, HpO2


Spring, compression, 0.48" outside diameter, 0.045" wide, 0.875" long

Gauge, pressure, 0 psi-4000 psi, HpO2

Bracket, pneumatic valve

Standoff, #6-32 inside diameter, ¼" outside diameter, ¼" long, brass


Elbow, ¼" outside diameter tubing—1/8"

NPT, male

Yoke, oxygen, for check valve, HpO2

Check valve, HpO2

Adapter, yoke, male to female, HpO2

Tee, 0.19" base—1/8" NPT, male—0.19" tube, HpO2

Block, mounting, pressure regulator

Regulator, 65 psi/pressure relief, HpO2

Elbow, street, 90°, ¼", male/female

5







24 81 500 23

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

81 500 27

81 500 30

81 500 24

75 407 38

81 501 08

81 501 05

81 501 33

81 501 11

81 501 38

81 501 14

81 500 42

68 602 02

99 031 99

99 042 00

99 181 48 *

99 129 85

99 114 50

78 423 30

99 900 26

99 901 38


MU11404

MU11408

MU11410

MU11405

MU09042

MU11472

MU11469

MU11495

MU11474

1

1

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

Elbow, ¼" outside diameter tubing—¼"

National Pipe Thread (NPT), male

Connector, 0.12" tubing swage—¼" NPT, male, brass, high pressure oxygen (HpO2)

Elbow, 0.19" tube swage—1/8" NPT, male, brass, HpO2

Elbow, 0.312" outside diameter tubing—

1/8" NPT, male

Handle, valve, removable with chain

Tubing, formed, 3/16" outside diameter,

HpO2


HpO2

Tubing, copper, 0.12" outside diameter,

12" long, HpO2

Tubing, polyethylene, ¼" outside diameter,

0.17" inside diameter, 7" long

MU11500

MU11477

MU11419

MU08414

MU15193

MU15234

MU15708

1

1

1

4

4

1

2

Tubing, polyethylene, 0.187" inside diameter, 0.312" outside diameter, 11" long


0.17" inside diameter, 7¾" long



Canoe® a

Screw, #8-32 x ½", truss, phillips,

Nylok® b , stainless steel

Screw, #10-32 x ½", sems external, socket, stainless steel, cap

Ring, retaining, push-on, stainless steel,

0.010" thick

MU15644 2 Washer, lock, internal, 7/8", steel, cadmium-plated

Nut, hex, jam, 7/8"-14, zinc-plated, steel MU15471 2

MU10197 2 Washer, flat, 0.25" inside diameter, 0.81" outside diameter, HpO2, 0.12", nylon

MU15740 A/R Tape, pipe joint seal, Teflon® c , ½"

MU15772 A/R Loctite® d screwlock #222







45 81 501 77 MU11526 1 Regulator, 45 psi/pressure relief, high pressure oxygen (HpO2) (81 501 94-R only) a. Canoe® is a trademark of Illinois Tool Works, Inc.


c. Teflon® is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont and de Nemours and Company.

d. Loctite® is a registered trademark of Loctite Corporation.

A/R As required


5


Gas Supply Module with Oxygen Reserve, Deutsche Industrie Norm (DIN) Cylinder Fittings—White Hose or

Green Hose


Gas Supply Module with Oxygen Reserve, Deutsche Industrie Norm

(DIN) Cylinder Fittings—White Hose or Green Hose

Figure 5-32. Gas Supply Module with Oxygen Reserve, DIN Cylinder Fittings—White

Hose or Green Hose

NOTE:




2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20



Green Hose


Table 5-30. Gas Supply Module with Oxygen Reserve, DIN Cylinder

Fittings—White Hose or Green Hose


1 81 501 22

10

11

12

21

22

81 500 01

81 500 06

81 501 53

81 500 43

81 500 21

81 500 32

81 500 03

81 500 08

81 500 36

81 500 02

99 116 91

81 500 40

81 500 22

81 500 34

81 501 72

81 500 05

81 501 69

81 500 37

81 500 23

81 500 27

81 500 30

MU

MU11484 2

Qty

MU11393

MU11398

MU11514

MU11420

MU11402

MU11411

MU11395

MU11400

MU11414

MU11394

MU15491

MU11417

MU11403

MU11413

MU11523

MU11397

MU11520

MU11415

MU11404

MU11408

MU11410

1

1

1

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

1

1

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Description

Connector, Deutsche Industrie Norm

(DIN), oxygen cylinder, high pressure oxygen (HpO2)


Manifold, pipeline

Hose assembly, oxygen, white, 10' (81 500

83-R only)

Check valve, ¼" National Pipe Thread

(NPT), male in, female out


Connector, bulkhead, 0.12" tubing swage—1/8" NPT, female, HpO2





Standoff, #6-32 inside diameter, ¼" outside diameter, ¼" long, brass



NPT, male

Adapter, high pressure cylinder, HpO2

Tee, 0.19" tubing swage—1/8" NPT, female—0.19" tube HpO2



Elbow, street, 90°, ¼" NPT, brass


NPT, male

Connector, 0.12" tubing swage—¼" NPT, male, brass, HpO2



5



Green Hose



23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

81 500 24

81 501 08

81 501 05

81 501 33

81 501 11

81 501 38

81 501 14

81 500 42

68 602 02

99 031 99

99 042 00

99 181 48

99 129 85

99 114 50

99 123 70

99 900 26

99 901 38

Reference only

68 504 09

78 422 41

81 501 71

MU11405

MU11472

MU11469

MU11495

MU11474

MU11500

1

1

1

1

1

1


1/8" National Pipe Thread (NPT), male

Tubing, formed, 3/16" outside diameter, high pressure oxygen (HpO2)


HpO2


12.00" long, HpO2


0.170" inside diameter, 7.00" long

Tubing, polyethylene, 0.187" inside diameter, 0.312" outside diameter, 11.00" long

MU11477

MU11419

MU08414

MU15193

MU15234

MU15708

11

1

10

4

1

2

Tubing polyethylene, ¼" outside diameter,




Canoe® a

Screw, #8-32 x ½", truss, phillips, stainless steel, Nylok® b



0.01" thick

MU15644

MU15563

2

MU15471 2

4



1

MU08095 1

MU10188 2

MU11522 1

Washer, lock, internal, 7/8", steel, cadmium-plated

Nut, hex, jam, 7/8"-14, steel, zinc-plated

Washer, flat, 0.19" inside diameter, 0.56" outside diameter, 0.06" nylon, HpO2


Bushing, ¼" NPT—1/8" NPT, brass, HpO2

Check valve, HpO2

Elbow, 90°, 0.19" tubing—1/8" NPT, female, brass, HpO2 a. Canoe® is a trademark of Illinois Tool Works, Inc.





Green Hose

Chapter 5: Parts List c. Teflon® is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont and de Nemours and Company.


A/R As required


5


Oxygen/Air Pipeline with Pin-Indexed Oxygen/Air Cylinder Gas Supply Module—Diameter Index Safety System

(DISS), Non-Interchangeable Screw thread (NIST), and Low-Pressure


Oxygen/Air Pipeline with Pin-Indexed Oxygen/Air Cylinder Gas

Supply Module—Diameter Index Safety System (DISS), Non-

Interchangeable Screw thread (NIST), and Low-Pressure

Figure 5-33. Oxygen/Air Pipeline with Pin-Indexed Oxygen/Air Cylinder Gas Supply

Module—DISS, NIST, and Low-Pressure

NOTE:








Table 5-31. Oxygen/Air Pipeline with Pin-Indexed Oxygen/Air Cylinder

Gas Supply Module—Diameter Index Safety System (DISS), Non-



1 68 504 09

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

81 500 30

81 500 01

81 500 06

68 239 27

68 239 36

81 500 38

81 500 47

9 81 500 43

10 81 500 21

11 81 500 32

12 81 500 03

13 81 500 08

14 81 500 36

15 81 500 02

16 99 116 91

17 81 500 41

18 81 500 22

19 81 500 25

20 78 456 08

21 81 900 73

MU

MU08095 2

Qty

MU11410

MU11393

MU11398

MU07237

MU07243

MU11416

MU11422

MU11420

MU11402

MU11411

MU11395

MU11400

MU11414

MU11394

MU15491

MU11418

MU11403

MU11406

MU10448

MU11640

2

1

2

1

1

1

1

4

2

2

2

2

2

1

2

1

2

1

1

1

Description


(NPT)—1/8" NPT, brass, high pressure oxygen (HpO2)



Manifold, pipeline

Connector, male, ¼" NPT—oxygen DISS

(81 500 85-R only)

Adapter, ¼" NPT, male—oxygen NIST, female (81 500 86-R only)

Connector, medical air male—¼" NPT, male (81 500 85-R only)

Adapter, ¼" NPT, male—air NIST, female

(81 500 86-R only)









Standoff #6-32 inside diameter, ¼" outside diameter, ¼" long, brass

Valve, control, mini five-way


NPT, male

Connector, ¼" tubing—1/8" NPT, male

Pipe plug, 1/8" NPT, hex socket head, brass

Replacement kit, oxygen yoke without check valve


5






22 81 900 74

23 78 440 15

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

81 500 28

81 500 05

81 501 69

81 500 37

81 500 23

81 500 27

81 500 24

75 407 38

81 501 06

81 501 07

81 501 34

81 501 33

81 501 12

81 501 13

81 501 14

81 501 37

99 031 99

99 042 00

MU

MU11641 1

MU10216 2

Qty

MU11409

MU11397

MU11520

MU11415

MU11404

MU11408

MU11405

MU09042

MU11470

MU11471

MU11496

MU11495

MU11475

MU11476

MU11477

MU11499

MU15193

MU15234

2

2

2

2

2

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

1

2

1

8

2

Description

Replacement kit, air yoke

Adapter, yoke, male to female, high pressure oxygen (HpO2)

Connector, 0.19" tubing swage—¼"

National Pipe Thread (NPT), male, brass,

HpO2





NPT, male



1/8" NPT, male

Handle, valve, removable with chain


HpO2


HpO2


14" long, HpO2


12" long, HpO2


0.17" inside diameter, 12" long

Tubing, ¼" outside diameter, 0.17" inside diameter, 21" long



Tubing polyethylene, 0.187" inside diameter, 0.312" outside diameter, 7½" long

Screw, #8-32 x ½", truss, phillips, stainless steel, Nylok® a








42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

99 181 48

99 129 85

99 114 50

78 423 30

99 900 26

99 901 38

81 000 38

81 501 77

MU15708

MU15644

2

2


0.01" thick


Nut, hex, jam, 7/8"-14, zinc-plated MU15471 2

MU10197 2 Washer, flat, 0.25" inside diameter, 0.81" outside diameter, high pressure oxygen

(HpO2), 0.12" nylon

MU15740 A/R Tape, pipe joint seal, Teflon® b , ½"

MU15772 A/R Loctite® c screwlock #222

MU10857 1

MU11526 2


Regulator, 45 psi/pressure relief, HpO2 (81

501 95-R only) a. Nylok® is a registered trademark of Nylok Fastener Corporation.

b. Teflon® is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont and de Nemours and Company.


A/R As required

5



Gas Supply Module with Oxygen/Air Reserves and Deutsche Industrie Norm (DIN) Cylinder Fittings—Blue/Green and Yellow Hoses or Blue/White and Black Hoses


Gas Supply Module with Oxygen/Air Reserves and Deutsche

Industrie Norm (DIN) Cylinder Fittings—Blue/Green and Yellow

Hoses or Blue/White and Black Hoses

Figure 5-34. Gas Supply Module with Oxygen/Air Reserves and DIN Cylinder Fittings—

Blue/Green and Yellow Hoses or Blue/White and Black Hoses

NOTE:







Table 5-32. Gas Supply Module with Oxygen/Air Reserves and DIN

Cylinder Fittings—Blue/Green and Yellow Hoses or Blue/White and

Black Hoses

Item

1

2

5

6

3

4

Part Number

68 504 09

81 500 30

Reference only

81 500 01

81 500 06

81 501 52

MU

MU08095 2

Qty

MU11410

MU11393

MU11398

MU11513

2

1

1

2

1

Description


(NPT)—1/8" NPT, brass, HpO2

Elbow, 0.19" tubing swage—1/8" NPT, male, brass, HpO2



Manifold, pipeline

Hose assembly, oxygen, blue, 10'

(81 500 88-R and 81 501 91-R only)

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

Not used

81 501 54

81 501 51

81 500 43

81 500 21

81 500 32

81 500 03

81 500 08

81 500 36

81 500 02

99 116 91

81 500 41

68 602 02

81 500 22

81 500 25

78 456 08

MU11515

MU11512

MU11420

MU11402

MU11411

MU11395

MU11400

MU11414

MU11394

MU15491

MU11418

MU08414

MU11403

MU11406

MU10448

1

1

4

2

2

2

2

2

1

2

1

1

2

1

1

Hose assembly, medical air, yellow, 10' (81

500 88-R/90-R only)

Hose assembly, medical air, black, 10' (81

501 91-R/92-R only)



Connector, bulkhead, 0.12" tubing swage—1/8" NPT, female, HpO2






Valve, control, miniature five-way


Canoe® a


NPT, male

Connector, ¼" outside diameter tubing—

1/8" NPT, male

Pipe plug, 1/8" National Pipe Thread

(NPT), hex, socket head, brass


5





23 81 501 22

27

28

29

30

24

25

26

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

81 501 23

81 500 34

81 500 28

81 500 05

81 501 69

81 500 37

81 500 23

81 500 27

81 500 24

81 501 06

81 501 07

81 501 34

81 501 33

81 501 12

81 501 13

81 501 14

81 501 37

99 031 99

99 042 00

99 181 48

MU

MU11484 1

Qty

MU11485

MU11413

MU11409

MU11397

MU11520

MU11415

MU11404

MU11408

MU11405

MU11470

MU11471

MU11496

MU11495

MU11475

MU11476

MU11477

MU11499

MU15193

MU15234

MU15708

1

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

1

1

1

1

1

2

1

2

1

8

2

2

Description

Connector, Deutsche Industrie Norm

(DIN), oxygen cylinder, HpO2

Connector, DIN, air cylinder







NPT, male



1/8" NPT, male


HpO2


HpO2


14.00" long, HpO2


12.00" long, HpO2







Tubing, polyethylene, 0.187" inside diameter, 0.312" outside diameter, 7½" long




0.010" thick






44

45

46

47

48

49

99 129 85

99 114 50

99 123 70

99 900 26

99 901 38

81 501 53


Nut, hex, jam, 7/8"-14, steel, zinc-plated MU15471 2

MU15563 4 Washer, flat, 0.19" inside diameter, 0.56" outside diameter, 0.06" nylon, HpO2



MU11514 1 Hose assembly, oxygen, white, 10'

(81 501 92 only) a. Canoe® is a trademark of Illinois Tool Works, Inc.




A/R As required

5



Gas Supply Module with Ente Nationale Italiano di Unificazione (UNI) Cylinder Fittings, Oxygen Reserve, and

White Hoses


Gas Supply Module with Ente Nationale Italiano di Unificazione

(UNI) Cylinder Fittings, Oxygen Reserve, and White Hoses

Figure 5-35. Gas Supply Module with Ente Nationale Italiano di UNI Cylinder Fittings,

Oxygen Reserve, and White Hoses

NOTE:






White Hoses


Table 5-33. Gas Supply Module with Ente Nationale Italiano di

Unificazione (UNI) Cylinder Fittings, Oxygen Reserve, and White Hoses

1

2

3

4

Item

Part

Number

MU

81 500 01 MU11393 1

81 500 06 MU11398 1

81 501 53 MU11514 1

81 500 43 MU11420 2

Qty

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

81 500 21

81 500 32

81 500 03

81 500 08

81 500 36

81 500 02

99 116 91

81 500 40

81 500 22

81 501 75

81 500 34

81 501 72

81 500 05

81 501 69

81 500 37

81 500 23

81 500 27

81 500 30

81 500 24

81 501 08

MU11402

MU11411

MU11395

MU11400

MU11414

MU11394

MU15491

MU11417

MU11403

MU11524

MU11413

MU11523

MU11397

MU11520

MU11415

MU11404

MU11408

MU11410

MU11405

MU11472

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

1

1

2

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Description


Manifold, pipeline

Hose assembly, oxygen, white, 10'

Check valve, ¼" National Pipe Thread (NPT), male in, female out


Connector, bulkhead, 0.12" tube swage—1/8"

NPT, female, HpO2


Spring, compression, 0.480" outside diameter,

0.045" wide, 0.875" long





Elbow, ¼" outside diameter tubing—1/8" NPT, male

Connector, UNI, oxygen cylinder, HpO2


Tee, 0.19" tube swage—1/8" NPT, female—0.19" tube, HpO2




Elbow, ¼" outside diameter tubing—¼" NPT, male


Elbow, 0.19" tube swage—1/8" NPT, male, brass,

HpO2

Elbow, 0.312" outside diameter tubing—1/8" NPT, male

Tubing, formed, 3/16" outside diameter, HpO2


5



White Hoses


Item

Part

Number


25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

81 501 05

81 501 33

81 501 11

81 501 38

81 501 14

81 500 42

68 602 02

99 031 99

MU11469

MU11495

MU11474

MU11500

MU11477

MU11419

MU08414

MU15193

1

1

1

1

1

1

5

4

Tubing, formed, 3/16" outside diameter, HpO2

Tubing, copper, 0.12" outside diameter, 12.00" long, HpO2

Tubing, polyethylene, 0.25" outside diameter,

0.170 inside diameter, 7.00" long

Tubing, polyethylene, 0.187" inside diameter,

0.312" outside diameter, 11.00" long

Tubing, polyethylene, ¼" outside diameter, 0.17" inside diameter, 7¾" long


Plug, panel fastening, 0.182"-0.192", Canoe® a

Screw, #8-32 x ½", truss, phillips, stainless steel,

Nylok® b

99 042 00

99 181 48

99 129 85

99 114 50

99 123 70

MU15234

MU15708

MU15644

MU15471

MU15563

1

2

2

2

4


Ring, retaining, push-on, stainless steel, 0.010" thick


Nut, hex, jam, 7/8"-14, steel, zinc-plated

Washer, flat, 0.19" inside diameter, 0.56" outside diameter, 0.06", nylon, HpO2

99 900 26 MU15740 A/R Tape, pipe joint sealant, Teflon® c , ½"

99 901 38 MU15772 A/R Loctite® d screwlock #222

Reference only

1 Label, data tag, 1.81" square

68 504 09 MU08095 1

67 353 14 MU04881 2

81 501 71 MU11522 1

Bushing, ¼" National Pipe Thread (NPT)—1/8"

NPT, brass, HpO2

Check valve, gas, 1/8" NPT, male, HpO2

81 501 49 MU11510 2

Elbow, 90°, 0.19" tube—1/8" NPT, female, brass,

HpO2

Washer, 0.728" outside diameter x 0.39" inside diameter x 0.078" thick, nylon a. Canoe® is a trademark of Illinois Tool Works, Inc.




A/R As required




White Hoses


NOTES:


5


Gas Supply Module with Oxygen/Air Reserve, Ente Nationale Italiano di Unificazione (UNI) Cylinder Fittings, and

White/Black Hoses


Gas Supply Module with Oxygen/Air Reserve, Ente Nationale

Italiano di Unificazione (UNI) Cylinder Fittings, and White/Black

Hoses

Figure 5-36. Gas Supply Module with Oxygen/Air Reserve, Ente Nationale Italiano di

UNI Cylinder Fittings, and White/Black Hoses

NOTE:






White/Black Hoses


Table 5-34. Gas Supply Module with Oxygen/Air Reserve, Ente Nationale

Italiano di Unificazione (UNI) Cylinder Fittings, and White/Black Hoses


1

2

3

4

5

81 500 01

81 500 06

81 501 53

81 501 51

81 500 43

6

7

8

9

10 81 500 36

11 81 500 02

12 99 116 91

13 81 500 41

14 68 602 02

15 81 500 22

16 81 500 25

17 78 456 08

18 81 501 75

19 81 501 76

20 81 500 34

21 81 500 28

22

23

81 500 21

81 500 32

81 500 03

81 500 08

81 500 05

81 501 69

MU

MU11393 1

MU11398 2

MU11514 1

MU11512 1

MU11420 4

Qty

MU11402

MU11411

MU11395

MU11400

MU11414

MU11394

MU15491

MU11418

MU08414

MU11403

MU11406

MU10448

MU11524

MU11525

MU11413

MU11409

MU11397

MU11520

2

2

2

2

2

1

2

1

1

2

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

Description


Manifold, pipeline

Hose assembly, oxygen, white, 10'

Hose assembly, medical air, black, 10'

Check valve, ¼" National Pipe Thread

(NPT), male in, female out









Valve, control, mini five-way


Canoe® a


NPT, male

Connector, ¼" outside diameter tubing—

1/8" NPT, male

Pipe plug, 1/8" NPT, hex socket head, brass

Connector, UNI, oxygen cylinder, HpO2

Connector, UNI, air cylinder





5




White/Black Hoses



24 81 500 37

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

81 500 23

81 500 27

81 500 24

81 501 06

81 501 07

81 501 34

81 501 33

81 501 12

81 501 13

81 501 14

81 501 37

99 031 99

99 042 00

99 181 48

99 129 85

99 114 50

99 123 70

99 900 26

99 901 38


MU11415

MU11404

MU11408

MU11405

MU11470

MU11471

MU11496

MU11495

2

2

2

1

1

1

1

1

Elbow, street, 90°, ¼" National Pipe

Thread (NPT), brass


NPT, male



1/8" NPT, male


HpO2


HpO2


14.00" long, HpO2


12.00" long, HpO2

MU11475

MU11476

MU11477

MU11499

MU15193

MU15234

MU15708

2

1

2

1

8

2

2







Tubing, polyethylene, 0.187" inside diameter, 0.312" outside diameter, 7½" long




0.010" thick


Nut, hex, jam, 7/8"-14, steel, zinc-plated MU15471 2

MU15563 4 Washer, flat, 0.19" inside diameter, 0.56" outside diameter, 0.06", nylon, HpO2

MU15740 A/R Tape, pipe joint sealant, Teflon® c , ½"





White/Black Hoses



44

45

46

47

Reference only

81 500 30

68 504 09

81 501 49

MU11410

MU08095

MU11510

1

2

2

1


Elbow, 0.19" tube swage—1/8" National

Pipe Thread (NPT), male, brass, HpO2

Bushing, ¼" NPT—1/8" NPT, brass, HpO2

Washer, 0.728" outside diameter x 0.390" inside diameter x 0.078" thick, nylon a. Canoe® is a trademark of Illinois Tool Works, Inc.




A/R As required

5



Display P.C. Board (PCB 1) Assembly


Display P.C. Board (PCB 1) Assembly

Figure 5-37. Display P.C. Board (PCB 1) Assembly


1 81 307 75

Table 5-35. Display P.C. Board (PCB 1) Assembly


MU11298 A/R P.C. board 1 assembly, display, with Baby

Mode

A/R As required



Power and Control P.C. Board (PCB 2) Assembly


Power and Control P.C. Board (PCB 2) Assembly

Figure 5-38. Power and Control P.C. Board (PCB 2) Assembly

2 81 308 80T

Table 5-36. Power and Control P.C. Board (PCB 2) Assembly


1 81 308 70T


MU11311 A/R Tested P.C. board 2 assembly, power and control (120V model only)

MU11315 A/R P.C. board 2 assembly, power and control,

220V-240V, tested (220V and 240V models only)

5

A/R As required



Power and Control P.C. Board (PCB 2) Assembly


NOTES:



Chapter 6

Calibration and

Maintenance Procedures

Calibrating the Resuscitation Module


Pressure gauge assembly

Clamping device (hemostat) (3)

Digital counter

Pressure transducer

RT200 tester or equivalent test device

Hex key wrench set

Extension tubing

Digital voltmeter (DVM) (Fluke® 1 8080A or equivalent)


Completely check and calibrate the equipment prior to initial use, and at least annually thereafter.

1. Remove the Blender Module (refer to procedure 4.3).

2. Remove the Resuscitation Module (refer to procedure 4.4).

3. Place the Blender Module and Resuscitation Module assembly on the cart assembly, and connect the tubing between the Blender Module, the

Resuscitation Module, and the Gas Supply Module. If necessary, use the extension tubing.

4. If the Gas Supply Module is used, make sure that the tubing is connected to the Resuscitation Module, and that the connections to the Gas Supply

Module are secure.

5. Secure the air and oxygen pipeline fittings to their respective connectors on the back of the Gas Supply Module.

6. For the U.S., verify that both supplies are regulated at 50 psi (345 kPa).

7. For the U.K., verify that both supplies are regulated at 65 psi (448 kPa).



6


Calibrating the Resuscitation Module

Chapter 6: Calibration and Maintenance Procedures

Calibrating the Oxygen and Air Regulators

1. Remove the white hoses from the output of the Oxygen Tank Regulator.

2. Attach the RT200 Tester (or equivalent) to the white hose.

3. Turn on the oxygen tank.

4. For the U.S., the regulator output should be 65 psi ± 3 psi (448 kPa ±

21 kPa) with a tank pressure of 1200 psi (8274 kPa).

5. For the U.K., the regulators output should be at 45 psi ± 3 psi (310 kPa ±

21 kPa) with a tank pressure of 1500 psi (10342 kPa).

NOTE:

Very low or very high tank pressures may have readings outside of the ± 3 psi

(± 21 kPa) tolerance.

6. Repeat the process for the Air Tank Regulator.

Calibrating the Auxiliary Flow

Adjusting the Pressure Regulator

1. At the front panel, place the Suction On/Off switch to the Off position.

2. Set the auxiliary flow valve to 0 .

3. Connect the pressure gauge to the test port, and measure the pressure setting of the auxiliary pressure regulator. The regulator should be set at

20 psi (138 kPa).

4. If necessary, adjust the auxiliary pressure regulator: a. Remove the wire tie, press up on the red ring, and unlock the auxiliary pressure regulator.

b. Adjust the knob until the pressure on the pressure gauge reads 20 psi

(138 kPa).

c. Press down on the red ring, and lock the auxiliary pressure regulator.

d. Just above the red ring, secure the wire tie.

5. Remove the pressure gauge assembly from the test port.





Adjusting the Auxiliary Flow and Flow Valve to Zero

1. Connect the Auxiliary Outlet to the connector corresponding to a high flow measurement on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device.

2. At the RT200 tester or equivalent test device, select the test corresponding to a high flow range of 180 LPM (381 scfh).

3. At the front panel, set the Auxiliary Flow control knob to obtain a reading of 1.0 LPM (2.1 scfh) on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device.

4. If the reading on the Auxiliary Flow control knob does not correspond to the reading on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device, perform the following: a. Loosen the setscrews securing the auxiliary flow valve.

b. Position the Auxiliary Flow control knob to 1.0 LPM (2.1 scfh).

c. Tighten the setscrews to secure the auxiliary flow valve.

5. Set the Auxiliary Flow control knob to obtain a reading of 15.0 LPM

(31.8 scfh) on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device.

6. If the reading on the Auxiliary Flow control knob does not correspond to the reading on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device, perform the following: a. Loosen the setscrews securing the auxiliary flow valve.

b. Position the Auxiliary Flow control knob to 15.0 LPM (31.8 scfh).

c. Tighten the setscrews to secure the auxiliary flow valve.

7. Return the Auxiliary Flow control knob to 1.0 LPM (2.1 scfh).

8. Make sure that the regulator pressure remains between 20 psi ± 2 psi (138 kPa ± 14 kPa).

9. If the readings on the Auxiliary Flow control knob and the RT200 tester or equivalent test device are not in agreement, adjust the auxiliary pressure regulator.

10. Return the Auxiliary Flow control knob to 0 . Make sure that the reading on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device does not exceed 0.2 LPM

(0.4 scfh).

11. Detach the hose connections.

6





Adjusting the Auxiliary Flow Relief Valve

1. Connect the Auxiliary Outlet to the connector corresponding to a low pressure measurement on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device.

2. At the RT200 tester or equivalent test device, select the test corresponding to a low pressure range of 250 cm H

2

O (25 kPa).

3. Verify the reading on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device: a. For the Resuscitation Module without AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator (PN 81 400 72 or PN 81 400 73), verify a reading on the

RT200 tester or equivalent test device of 160 cm H

2

O (16 kPa) ± 10%.

If necessary, adjust the spring in the auxiliary relief valve to obtain

160 cm H

2

O (16 kPa) ± 10%.

b. For the Resuscitation Module with AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator

(PN 81 400 80), verify a reading on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device of 40 cm H

2

O (4 kPa) ± 10%. If necessary, adjust the spring in the auxiliary relief valve to obtain 40 cm H

2

O (4 kPa) ± 10%.

c. For the Resuscitation Module with AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator

(PN 81 400 81), verify a reading on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device of 160 cm H

2

O (16 kPa) ± 10%. If necessary, adjust the spring in the auxiliary relief valve to obtain 160 cm H

2

O (16 kPa) ± 10%.


5. Lock the auxiliary regulator: a. Press down on the red ring.

b. Secure the wire tie just above the red ring.

6. Remove the pressure gauge assembly.

7. Install the orange plug line.

Calibrating the Suction

Adjusting the Suction Valve to Zero Flow

1. At the front panel, place the suction On/Off switch in the Off position.

2. Connect the suction hose to the connector corresponding to a low flow measurement on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device.





3. At the RT200 tester or equivalent test device, select the test: a. For the new Resuscitation Module without AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator (PN 81 400 81) or the old Resuscitation Module with

AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator (PN 81 400 73), select the test corresponding to a low flow range of 5.0 LPM (10.6 scfh).

b. For the old Resuscitation Module without AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator (PN 81 400 72), or the Resuscitation Module with

AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator (PN 81 400 80), select the test corresponding to a high flow range of 180 LPM (381 scfh).

4. At the junction, use a clamping device to clamp off the suction gauge line.

5. Block the vacuum generator exhaust.

6. Place the suction On/Off switch in the On position.

7. At the front panel, turn the Suction control knob counterclockwise until the flow rate on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device reads 0 .

8. If the 0 reading does not correspond to a Min reading on the Suction control knob, perform the following: a. Loosen the setscrews securing the suction control valve.

b. Position the Suction control knob to the Min position.

c. Tighten the setscrews.

9. Remove the clamping device from the suction gauge line.

10. Remove the blockage from the vacuum generator exhaust.

11. Remove the hose connections.

Adjusting the Maximum Suction Relief Gauge for Accuracy and to

Zero

1. Connect the suction hose to the connection corresponding to a low pressure measurement on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device.

2. Select a low pressure range of 185 mm Hg (99"H

2

O) on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device.

3. Slowly turn the Suction control knob clockwise:

6




Chapter 6: Calibration and Maintenance Procedures a. While turning the Suction control knob, compare the accuracy of the readings on the Suction gauge to the readings on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device. b. See whether the readings are within 3% of full scale.

4. If the readings are not within 3%, remove the Suction gauge from the front panel, and adjust the zero adjusting screw on the top of the faceplate of the

Suction gauge.

5. Turn the Suction control knob fully clockwise to the Max position.

6. See whether the reading on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device is -

150 mm Hg ± 6 mm Hg (80"H

2

O ± 3"H

2

O).

7. If the reading on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device is not -

150 mm Hg ± 6 mm Hg (80"H

2

O ± 3"H

2

O), adjust the spring tensioner in the vacuum relief valve to obtain -150 mm Hg ± 6 mm Hg (80"H

2

O

± 3"H

2

O).

8. Turn the Suction On/Off switch off. Make sure that the needle on the

Suction gauge reads ± 1.0 mm Hg (± 0.5"H

2

O).

9. Return the Suction control knob to the Min position.


Calibrating the Patient Gas Supply

Adjusting the Pressure Regulator

1. At the front panel, set the Airway Pressure Relief control knob to the Min position.

2. Set the Flow Rate control knob to 0 .

3. Remove the orange plug line (TP7A), and connect a pressure gauge assembly in its place.

4. Using the pressure gauge assembly, measure the patient regulator pressure.

5. Make sure that the patient regulator is set at 20 psi (138 kPa).

6. If necessary, adjust the patient regulator: a. Remove the wire tie, and press up on the red ring.




Chapter 6: Calibration and Maintenance Procedures b. Adjust the knob until the pressure on the gauge reads 20 psi (138 kPa) .

c. Press down on the red ring, and secure the wire tie just above the red ring.


8. Replace the orange plug line.

Assessing the Accuracy of the Airway Pressure Gauge and

Adjusting Airway Pressure

1. Remove the airway pressure relief valve.

2. Using the relief valve cap, block the opening in the manifold.

3. Connect the patient outlet to the connector corresponding to a low pressure measurement on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device.

4. If the unit is equipped with an airway pressure gauge port, tee the patient outlet and airway pressure gauge port.


2

O (25 kPa).

6. At the front panel, set the Flow Rate control knob to 5.0 LPM (10.6 scfh).

7. Set the Airway Pressure Relief control knob to the Max position.

8. If the reading on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device is not

80 cm H

2

O (8 kPa), adjust the airway pressure resistor until the reading on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device is 80 cm H

2

O (8 kPa): a. Slowly turn the Airway Pressure Relief control knob counterclockwise. b. Compare the readings on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device with the readings on the airway pressure gauge. c. Make sure that the accuracy is within ± 3% of full scale.

9. If necessary, remove the Airway Pressure gauge from the front panel, and adjust the zero adjusting screw at the top of the faceplate of the Airway

Pressure gauge for the greatest accuracy below 50 cm H

2

O (5 kPa).

10. Adjust the Airway Pressure Relief control knob until a reading of

50 cm H

2

O (5 kPa) is obtained on the Airway Pressure gauge.

6





11. If the reading on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device is not

50 cm H

2

O (5 kPa), adjust the airway pressure resistor until the reading on the RT200 tester or equivalent device is 50 cm H

2

O (5 kPa): a. Slowly turn the Airway Pressure Relief control knob counterclockwise. b. Compare the readings on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device with the readings on the airway pressure gauge. c. Make sure that accuracy is within ± 3% of full scale.

12. If necessary, remove the Airway Pressure gauge from the front panel, and adjust the zero adjusting screw at the top of the faceplate: a. For the Resuscitation Module without AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator, P/N 81 400 72 or the Resuscitation Module with

AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator, P/N 81 400 80, adjust for the greatest accuracy below 50 cm H

2

O (5 kPa).

b. For the Resuscitation Module without AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator, P/N 81 400 73 or the Resuscitation Module with

AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator, P/N 81 400 81, adjust for the greatest accuracy below 60 cm H

2

O (5.9 kPa).

13. Remove the relief valve cap.

14. Install the airway pressure relief valve.

15. Set the Flow Rate control knob to 0.

16. Set the Airway Pressure Relief control knob to the Min position.


Adjusting the Airway Pressure Valve to Zero

1. Remove the orange plug line from the test port tee on the yellow airway pressure resistor line.

2. In place of the orange plug, connect a hose from the airway pressure resistor line to the connector corresponding to a low flow measurement on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device.

3. Select a low flow range of 5.0 LPM (10.6 scfh) on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device.





4. Place a clamping device between the test port tee and the airway pressure resistor on the purple tee.

5. Place a clamping device on the yellow bleed resistor.

6. At the front panel, turn the Airway Pressure Relief control knob counterclockwise until no flow is indicated on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device.

7. If necessary, adjust the Airway Pressure Relief control knob: a. Loosen the setscrews securing the Airway Pressure Relief control valve.

b. Position the Airway Pressure Relief control knob to the Min position.


8. Remove the clamping devices.



Checking Zero on the Airway Pressure Gauge

1. Set the Airway Pressure Relief control knob to the Min position.

2. Set the patient flow valve to 0.

3. Verify that the Airway Pressure gauge reads ± 1.0 cm (0.4").

Adjusting the Patient Flow and Airway Flow Valve to Zero (Model with Blender Module Only)

1. At the front panel, set the Blender control knob to 60 .

2. Connect the patient outlet to the connector corresponding to a high flow measurement on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device.

3. If the unit is equipped with an airway pressure gauge port, tee the patient outlet and the airway pressure gauge port.

4. At the RT200 tester or equivalent test device, select the test corresponding to a high flow range of 180 LPM (381 scfh).

5. Set the Airway Pressure Relief control knob to 1 .

6





6. If the position on the Flow Rate control knob does not correspond to the reading on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device, perform the following: a. Loosen the setscrews securing the Flow Rate control valve.

b. Position the Flow Rate control knob to the 1 position.


7. Set the Flow Rate control knob to obtain a reading of 15.0 LPM (31.8 scfh).

8. If the position on the Flow Rate control knob does not correspond to the reading on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device, perform the following: a. Connect the pressure gauge assembly to TP7A.

b. Remove the wire tie, and press up on the red ring to unlock the patient regulator.

c. Adjust the knob until the pressure on the gauge reads 20 psi (138 kPa) .

d. Press down on the red ring, and secure the wire tie just above the red ring.

e. Remove the pressure gauge assembly.

9. Return the Flow Rate control knob from the 1 position.

10. If necessary, adjust the Flow Rate control knob: a. Loosen the setscrews securing the patient flow control valve.

b. Position the Flow Rate control knob to the 1.0 LPM (2.1 scfh) position in accordance with the reading on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device.


11. Check the flow calibration on all settings of the Flow Rate control knob.

12. Return the Flow Rate control knob to the 0 position. Make sure that the reading on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device does not exceed

0.2 LPM (0.4 scfh).

13. Return the Blender control knob setting to 21% .

14. Return the Airway Pressure Relief control knob setting to the Min position.





15. Remove the hose connections.

Adjusting the Patient Airway Relief Valve

1. Remove the auxiliary relief valve, and install the airway pressure relief valve in its place.

2. Connect the Auxiliary Outlet to the connector corresponding to a low pressure measurement on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device.


2

O (25 kPa).

4. At the front panel, slowly turn the Flow Rate control knob counterclockwise.

5. For the Resuscitation Module without AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator

(PN 81 400 72), or the Resuscitation Module with AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator (PN 81 400 80), verify that a pressure of 50 cm H

2

O (5 kPa)

± 20% is obtained over the full range of the flow. If necessary, adjust the spring in the airway pressure relief valve to obtain 50 cm H

2

O (5 kPa)

± 20% over the full range of the flow.

6. For the Resuscitation Module without AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator

(PN 81 400 81), or the Resuscitation Module with AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator (PN 81 400 73), verify that a pressure of 60 cm H

2

O (5.9 kPa)

± 20% is obtained over the full range of the flow. If necessary, adjust the spring in the airway pressure relief valve to obtain 60 cm H

2

O (5.9 kPa)

± 20% over the full range of the flow.

7. Return the Flow Rate control knob to 0.

8. Remove the airway pressure relief valve, and place it in its proper manifold location.

9. Place the auxiliary relief valve in its proper manifold location.


6





Calibrating the AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator

Adjusting the Pressure of the Regulator

1. At the front panel, remove the orange plug (TP11A) from the elbow on the back of the AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator On/Off switch, and connect a pressure gauge assembly in its place.

2. Measure the pressure of the AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator regulator.

See whether the pressure reads 30 psi (207 kPa) .

3. If necessary, adjust the AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator: a. Remove the wire tie, and press up on the red ring to unlock the regulator.

b. Adjust the knob until the pressure on the gauge reads 30 psi (207 kPa) .

c. Press down on the red ring, and secure the wire tie just above the red ring.



Adjusting the Switch Point

Perform the following only if the timing variable resistor on the blue line has been replaced, or if its setting has been disturbed.

1. Remove the orange plug line from the test port tee on the blue capacitor line, and connect the pressure gauge assembly in its place.

2. Using the clamping device, clamp off the inspiratory check valve.

3. At the front panel, place the AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator On/Off switch in the On position.

4. Slightly turn the Breath Rate control knob clockwise, and observe the pressure gauge assembly. a. During inspiration, make sure that the pressure rises. b. During expiration, make sure that the pressure falls.

c. If necessary, adjust the Breath Rate control knob to read the high

(inspiratory) and low (expiratory) points.





NOTE:

The low point is fixed and cannot be adjusted.

d. If the highest pressure point does not correspond to a 22 psi (152 kPa) switch point, adjust the timing variable resistor.

5. Install the orange plug assembly.

6. Remove the clamping device from the inspiratory check valve.

7. Place the AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator On/Off switch in the Off position.

8. Return the Breath Rate control knob to 18 .

Adjusting the Pilot Pressure

1. Connect a patient circuit from the exhalation valve port, Auxiliary Outlet to the connector corresponding to the low pressure measurement on the

RT200 tester or equivalent test device.


2

O (25 kPa).

3. Remove the auxiliary relief valve, and use the relief valve cap to block the manifold.

4. At the front panel, set the Auxiliary Flow control knob to 15.0 LPM

(31.8 scfh).

5. Place the AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator On/Off switch to the On position.

6. Using the clamping device, clamp the blue capacitor line just ahead of the test port tee to lock the unit in Inspiratory Mode.

7. See whether the RT200 tester or equivalent test device shows a reading of

60 cm H

2

O (5.9 kPa).

8. To change the circuit pressure to obtain a reading of 60 cm H

2

O (5.9 kPa), adjust the pilot pressure variable resistor on the violet line.


10. Set the Auxiliary Flow control knob to 0 .

6





11. Remove the relief valve cap from the manifold.

12. Install the auxiliary relief valve.

13. Remove the clamping device from the blue capacitor line.

14. Detach the patient circuit.

Adjusting the Positive End Expiratory Pressure (PEEP) Valve to

Zero

1. Connect the exhalation valve port to the connector corresponding to a low flow measurement on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device.

2. At the RT200 tester or equivalent test device, select the test corresponding to a low flow range of 5.0 LPM (10.6 scfh).

3. Using clamping devices, clamp off the PEEP variable resistor and the fixed resistor bleed on the yellow resistor bleed line.

4. Place the AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator On/Off switch to the On position.

5. Place a clamping device on the blue capacitor line just ahead of the test port tee to lock the unit in Expiratory Mode.

6. Turn the PEEP control knob counterclockwise until no flow is indicated on the RT200 tester or equivalent test device.

7. If necessary, adjust the PEEP control knob: a. Loosen the setscrews securing the PEEP control valve.

b. Position the PEEP control knob to the Min position.



9. Remove the clamping devices.






Adjusting the PEEP Pressure

1. Connect a patient circuit between the patient outlet connector and the exhalation valve port.

2. Turn the Flow Rate control knob, Airway Pressure Relief control knob, and PEEP control knob to their maximum settings.

3. Place the AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator On/Off switch in the On position.

4. As the unit cycles, observe the patient pressure gauge.

5. If necessary, adjust the PEEP variable resistor for a pressure of 21 cm H

2

O

(2 kPa) of PEEP.

6. Turn the AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator off.

7. Turn the Flow Rate control knob, Airway Pressure Relief control knob, and PEEP control knob to their minimum settings.

8. Remove the patient circuits.

Adjusting the Breath Rate

1. Connect the exhalation valve port to the transducer set-up.

2. Connect the transducer set-up to the digital counter.

3. Using the clamping device, clamp off the inspiratory check valve.

4. Place the AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator On/Off switch in the On position.

NOTE:

The trigger level for the digital counter is ½-peak voltage.

5. Monitor the pressure signal voltage to the digital counter created by the pressure signal from the exhalation valve port.

NOTE:

Triggering on the rising voltage measures inspiratory time, and on the falling voltage measures expiratory time.

6. If required, set ½-peak voltage as the trigger level for the digital counter.

6





7. At the front panel, adjust the Breath Rate control knob for an expiratory time of 2.222

seconds as indicated by the digital counter.

8. Make sure that the Breath Rate control knob is set to 18 BPM .

9. If necessary, adjust the Breath Rate control knob: a. Loosen the setscrews securing the breath rate control valve.

b. Position the Breath Rate control knob to 18 BPM .


10. Set the Breath Rate control knob to 60 BPM , and verify that the inspiratory time is 0.333

seconds. If necessary, adjust the timing variable resistor.

11. Verify that the expiratory time is 0.666

seconds. If necessary, adjust the expiratory resistor.

12. Return the Breath Rate control knob to 18 BPM .

13. Check the expiratory time. If necessary, adjust the Breath Rate control knob.

14. Remove the clamping device from the inspiratory check valve, and adjust the check valve resistor for an inspiratory time of 1.111

seconds.

NOTE:

The times mentioned are for perfect rates without tolerance allowances.

15. For best results throughout the full range of the rate setting when calibrating the AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator times, reduce the times for 18 BPM and 60 BPM by approximately 5%.

NOTE:

The reduction varies from unit to unit.

NOTE:

The Breath Rate control knob has a greater effect at longer rates.

NOTE:

The expiratory resistor has a greater effect on shorter expiratory times.

NOTE:

The inspiratory check valve resistor has a greater effect on longer inspiratory times.





16. To adjust for short inspiratory times, use the timing resistor.

17. Work with the Breath Rate knob positions until all rates and inspiratory/expiratory (I/E) ratios are within specification.


19. Return the Breath Rate control knob to 18 BPM .

20. Disconnect the transducer set-up and the digital counter.


6


Calibrating the Controller Assembly


Calibrating the Controller Assembly

Tools required: Digital voltmeter (DVM)


Adjusting the Precision 5V Reference

1. At the Display P.C. Board (PCB1) (A), perform the following (see figure 6-

1 on page 6-18):

Figure 6-1. Display P.C. Board (PCB1) a. Place the leads of the DVM across pin 11 ( GND ) and pin 37 ( Voltage

Out ) of the connector (J1).

b. Using a small screwdriver or trim potentiometer adjustment tool, adjust the precision 5V reference resistor (R15) until the value on the DVM reads 5V ± 5 millivolt (mV) .





Adjusting the Skin Probe 1 Temperature Sensor

1. Perform “Diagnostic Test #12—Skin Probe Display Temperature

Accuracy” on page 2-56.

2. At the Display P.C. Board (PCB1) (A), use a small screwdriver or trim potentiometer adjustment tool to adjust the channel 1 temperature sensor circuit resistor (R13) until the value on the Baby Temperature display reads 96.8°F (36°C) ± 0.05°C .

Adjusting the Skin Probe 2 Temperature Sensor

1. Perform “Diagnostic Test #12—Skin Probe Display Temperature

Accuracy” on page 2-56.

2. At the Display P.C. Board (PCB1) (A), use a small screwdriver or trim potentiometer adjustment tool to adjust the channel 2 temperature sensor circuit resistor (R28) until the value on the APGAR Timer display reads

96.8°F (36°C) ± 0.05°C .

Adjusting the Heater Voltage Sensor

1. Perform “Diagnostic Test #6—Heater/Relays AC Line Voltage Display” on page 2-41.

2. At the Power and Control P.C. Board (PCB 2) (B), perform the following

(see figure 6-2 on page 6-20):


6




Figure 6-2. Power and Control P.C. Board (PCB 2) a. Measure the input AC line voltage between pins 1 and 6 of the connector J6 (C).

b. Using a small screwdriver or a trim potentiometer adjustment tool, adjust R9 until the value shown on the Baby Temperature display equals the measured value on the DVM.




Cleaning


Cleaning


WARNING:

Follow the product manufacturer’s instructions. Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage.

WARNING:

When performing cleaning and maintenance procedures and oxygen is in use, make sure that the oxygen supply to the equipment is turned off, and that it is disconnected from the oxygen supply. A fire and explosion hazard exists when performing cleaning and maintenance procedures in an oxygen-enriched environment. Personal injury or equipment damage may occur.

SHOCK HAZARD:

Unplug the unit from its power source. Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage.

SHOCK HAZARD:

Do not expose the unit to excessive moisture that would allow for liquid pooling. Personal injury or equipment damage may occur.

CAUTION:

Do not use harsh cleansers/detergents, such as scouring pads and heavy duty grease removers, or solvents, such as toluene, xylene, and acetone. Equipment damage may occur.

CAUTION:

Alcohol can cause crazing of plastic and acrylic. Do not use alcohol, acetone, or any organic solvents for cleaning. Equipment damage may occur.

CAUTION:

Do not expose plastic and acrylic to direct radiation from germicidal lamps. Ultraviolet radiation from these sources can cause cracking and crazing of clear plastic and acrylic. Equipment damage may occur.

6



Cleaning


When an infant is discharged, or at least once a week, thoroughly clean and disinfect the equipment. Before cleaning, disassemble, and then group the parts and assemblies in categories according to the method of cleaning required.

If there is no visible soilage with possible body fluids, we recommend that you clean the unit with a mild detergent and warm water. If disinfection is desired, you may use a combination cleanser/disinfectant as explained in

“Disinfecting” on page 6-22.

Before cleaning, remove all solid wastes and contaminants from the

disassembled parts. After cleaning, perform the “Function Checks” on page

2-2 before returning the unit to service.

Steam Cleaning

Do not use any steam cleaning device on the unit. Excessive moisture can damage mechanisms in this unit.

Cleaning Difficult to Access Areas

To remove difficult spots or stains, we recommend that you use standard household cleansers and a soft-bristled brush. To loosen heavy, dried-on soil, you may first need to saturate the spot.

Disinfecting

When there is visible soilage and between patients, we recommend that you disinfect the unit with a tuberculocidal disinfectant. (For customers in the U.S., the disinfectant should be registered with the Environmental Protection

Agency.)

Dilute the disinfectant according to the manufacturer’s instructions.

Cleaning Painted Surfaces

Use a detergent/disinfectant to clean all surfaces thoroughly, and then dry with a clean cloth or paper towel.

Cleaning Clear Plastic and Acrylic Surfaces

Use a detergent/disinfectant to clean all surfaces thoroughly. Clean all holes, indentations, baffles, etc., and then dry with a clean cloth or paper towel.



Cleaning


Cleaning Metal Surfaces

WARNING:

The heater element may be hot enough to cause burns. Before cleaning the warmer head, allow 30 minutes for the unit to sufficiently cool. Failure to do so may result in personal injury.

Use a detergent/disinfectant to thoroughly clean all surfaces, and then dry with a clean cloth or paper towel.

Cleaning the Reusable Baby Skin Temperature Probe

CAUTION:

Do not pull the tip of the baby skin temperature probe when cleaning or drying. Equipment damage may occur.

Use a detergent/disinfectant to thoroughly clean all surfaces, and then dry with a clean soft cloth or paper towel.

Sterilizing Equipment

CAUTION:

Do not steam autoclave. Equipment damage may occur.

NOTE:

Prior to gas sterilization, thoroughly clean the entire unit. Remove and discard all used disposable elements. After sterilization, install new disposable elements.

Sterilize by the following methods:

• Cold (liquid) sterilization

• Gas (ethylene oxide) sterilization—Standard gas sterilization procedures are satisfactory as these do not normally exceed 54.4°C (130°F).

6



Cleaning Method


Cleaning Method

Tools required: None

Disassembling the Warmer

1. Remove both bassinet side panels (A) from the bassinet (B) by pulling

them straight up (see figure 6-3 on page 6-24).

Figure 6-3. Bassinet

Page 6 - 24

2. Remove the bassinet back panel (C) from the bassinet (B) by raising it straight up until the bottom pins are adjacent to the slots in the corner brackets (D).

3. Remove the bassinet front panel (E) from the bassinet (B): a. Raise the bassinet front panel (E), and then swivel it down.

b. At the corners, press up on the release buttons (F), and pull the bassinet front panel (E) straight out.

4. Remove the mattress (G) from the bassinet (B).



Cleaning Method


5. Remove the x-ray cassette tray.

6. Remove the suction bottle (H) and suction filter (I) from the side of the

post (J) (or the front of the bassinet) (see figure 6-4 on page 6-25).

Figure 6-4. Suction Bottle (Resuscitaire® Birthing Room Warmer Shown)

Assembling the Warmer

1. Place the mattress (G) on the bassinet (B) (see figure 6-3 on page 6-24).

2. Install the x-ray cassette tray.

3. Install the bassinet back panel (C) by inserting the bottom pins in the corner brackets.

4. Install the bassinet side panels (A) by pushing them straight down into their slots.

5. Install the bassinet front panel (E) by sliding it into the front of the bassinet until the release buttons catch, and then raise the bassinet front panel (E) into position.

6



Cleaning Method


6. If a reusable suction bottle (H) is in use, install a new suction filter (I) (see figure 6-4 on page 6-25).

7. If a disposable suction bottle (H) is in use, replace the suction bottle (H).





Cleaning the Reusable Breathing Circuit


Cleaning the Reusable Breathing Circuit

Tools required: Cold sterilization solution (2% Glutaraldehyde or equivalent)

Parts required: (1)

(1)

(1)

(1) includes

(25)

81 000 15

81 000 07

Reference only

81 000 07

81 000 18

Breathing circuit, reusable

Diaphragm, box, 25

Tubing, standard, 0.125" inner diameter

Diaphragm, box, 25, the following parts:

Diaphragm, exhalation valve

(1) 81 000 15 Breathing circuit, reusable, includes the following

parts: (see table 6-1 on page 6-27) and (see figure 6-5 on

page 6-28).

Table 6-1. Reusable Breathing Circuit Parts

Item Number Part Number

5

6

7

3

4

1

2

67 355 26

81 000 16

81 000 17

81 000 18

81 001 04

81 001 28

81 001 32

8 81 001 41

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Quantity Description

Adapter, 4.5 mm male—1/8" barb

Housing, exhalation valve

Cap, exhalation valve

Diaphragm, exhalation valve

Connector, 15 mm x 9 mm, reusable

Connector, 15 mm, 10 mm with sideport

Tubing, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), 1/8" inner diameter, 37" (94 cm) length

Hose, corrugated, 10 mm (0.394") inner diameter x 36" length

6





Figure 6-5. Reusable Breathing Circuit Components

Page 6 - 28

CAUTION:

Do not pull or twist tubing. Attach and detach tubing from equipment using the silicone cuffs. Failure to do so could result in equipment damage.

CAUTION:

Avoid prolonged exposure to UV light. Failure to do so could result in equipment damage.

CAUTION:

Do not autoclave the breathing circuit. Failure to follow this instruction could result in equipment damage.

1. Disconnect the breathing circuit from all patient apparatus and from the

Resuscitation Module.

2. Remove the exhalation valve cap (A) and discard the exhalation valve

diaphragm (B) (see figure 6-6 on page 6-29).





Figure 6-6. Cleaning the Reusable Breathing Circuit

CAUTION:

Do not use the following solutions to sterilize the breathing circuit:

Hypochlorite, Phenol (>5%), Formaldehyde, Chlorinated Hydrocarbons,

Aromatic Hydrocarbons, and inorganic acids. Failure to follow this instruction could result in equipment damage.

3. Immerse the breathing circuit in cold sterilization solution (2%

Glutaraldehyde or equivalent). Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for cleaning, disinfecting, sterilizing, and removing solution from the breathing circuit.

4. After rinsing all solution from the breathing circuit, allow to dry completely.

5. Inspect tubing for deterioration after sterilization. If the tubing shows any signs of wear, replace it.

6





CAUTION:

Ensure that the blue exhalation valve diaphragm is inserted with the stem facing the cap prior to connecting the exhalation valve cap to the exhalation valve housing. Failure to do so may cause equipment to malfunction.

6. Position the new exhalation valve diaphragm (B) so that the stem (D) faces towards the exhalation valve cap (A).

7. Install the new exhalation valve diaphragm (B) on the exhalation valve housing (C).

8. Install the exhalation valve cap (A) over the exhalation valve diaphragm

(B).

NOTE:

Air Flow resistance

≤ 2

cm H

2

O (0.2 kPa) @ 15 LPM (32 scfh).



General Maintenance


General Maintenance

WARNING:

Only facility-authorized personnel should perform maintenance on the

Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products. Maintenance performed by unauthorized personnel may result in personal injury or equipment damage.

For disposal of consummable materials, see ““Disposal” on page 6-43.

P.C. Board Handling

CAUTION:

To help prevent component damage, make sure that your hands are clean, and only handle the P.C. board by its edges.

CAUTION:

When handling electronic components, wear an antistatic strap. Failure to do so may result in component damage.

CAUTION:


When servicing the P.C. board, follow good handling practices. Mishandling a

P.C. board can cause the following:

• P.C. board damage

• Shortened P.C. board life

• Unit malfunctions

6



Verifying the DC Power Requirements


Observe the following P.C. board handling rules:

• Make sure that hands are clean and free of moisture, oily liquids, etc.

• Only handle the P.C. board by its outer edges.

• Do not touch the P.C. board components. Finger contact with the board surface or with its components can leave a deposit that will result in board

(and component) deterioration.

• When working with electronics, wear an appropriate antistatic strap, and make sure that it is properly grounded.

• Service the removed P.C. board at a static-free workstation that is properly grounded.

• For shipping and storage, place the removed P.C. board in an antistatic protective bag.

Verifying the DC Power Requirements

Tools required: Digital voltmeter (DVM) (Fluke® 1 8080A or equivalent)

At the specified AC input voltage, verify that the following DC voltages exist

on the Power and Control P.C. Board (PCB 2) (see table 6-2 on page 6-32).

Table 6-2. DC Power Requirements

DC Output Voltage

+5.1V ± 0.05V

+12V ± 0.5V

-12V ± 0.5V

Ground

J2-2 or J2-3

J2-1

J2-6

J2-4

Connector and Pin




Testing the Leakage Current


Testing the Leakage Current

Tools required: Leakage current detector

Setup

1. Plug the connector into an appropriate power source through an ungrounded adapter plug so that the unit is ungrounded.

2. Turn the Power switch on.

NOTE:

The leakage current standards assume leakage through a resistance of 1000

Ω

.

3. If the leakage current detector used does not provide a resistance of 1000

Ω

, adjust the setup to provide it.

4. Turn the Power switch off.

Procedure

NOTE:

Test 220/240V AC units at 264V, in accordance with the recommended standards.

1. Using the leakage current detector, measure between the chassis of the unit and a known ground, such as the ground connection of a wall receptacle.

The leakage current must not exceed 300

µ

A for 100/120V AC units, or

500

µ

A for 220/240V AC units.

2. Reverse the plug.

NOTE:

Test 220/240V AC units at 264V, in accordance with the recommended standards.

3. Using the leakage current detector, measure between the chassis of the unit and a known ground, such as the ground connection of a wall receptacle.

The leakage current must not exceed 300

µ

A for 100/120V AC units, or

500

µ

A for 220/240V AC units.

6



Verifying the Heater Head Electrical Requirements


Verifying the Heater Head Electrical Requirements

Tools required: Digital voltmeter (DVM) (Fluke® 1 8080A or equivalent)

Unit Voltage

100V AC

120V AC

220V AC

1. Measure the resistance of the heater element (see table 6-3 on page 6-34).

Table 6-3. Heater Head Electrical Requirements

Heater Voltage

100V

120V

220V

Heater Cold Resistance

12

Ω

to 15

Ω

17

Ω to 21

Ω

59

Ω

to 69

Ω

2. At the specified AC input voltage, verify that the heater illuminates.

3. Perform a leakage current test (refer to “Testing the Leakage Current” on page 6-33).




Checking the Pneumatic System


Checking the Pneumatic System

Tools required: Oxygen analyzer (Bio-Tek® 1 #74233 or equivalent)

Filter/regulator, gas manual (P/N 67 352 36)

Nipple, DISS oxygen—1/8" (P/N 67 355 10)

Tee, oxygen sensor, 22 mm male-female (P/N 67 356 02)

Tubing, green polyvinyl chloride (PVC) ¼" inner diameter, 15" long (P/N 67 359 01-R) (3)

Elbow, 90°, 3/8"-¼", brass (P/N 67 355 44)

1. Visually inspect the system. Check for marks or scratches.

2. Make sure that all of the control knobs turn smoothly.

3. Make sure that all of the gauges read zero (± 1 unit of measurement) when the system is off.

4. Remove the upper post covers, and inspect for the following (refer to procedure 4.1):

• Loose tubes

• Pinched tubes

• Improper seating of the modules

Testing for Leakage

1. Turn the Gas Supply switch on.

2. Pressurize the system with the oxygen between 35 psi (241 kPa) and 75 psi

(517 kPa).

3. Turn the Gas Supply switch off.

4. Block the patient and Auxiliary Outlets.

5. Verify that the drop in system pressure is less than 2 psi (14 kPa) in 30 seconds.

6






Checking for Pneumatic Leaks

WARNING:

Disconnect the gas supplies from the unit. Failure to do so could result in personal injury or equipment damage.

Checking the Gas Supply Module and Tank Yokes (Models

Equipped with Reserve Gas Supply Only)

1. With the Gas Supply switch in the Off position, securely fasten the tanks to the cylinder connections.

2. Slowly open the tanks, and verify that there are no leaks in the Gas Supply

Module, and that the gauges display the tank pressure.

3. Toggle the Gas Supply switch to the On position, and verify that there are no leaks throughout the pneumatic system, except for the normal bleed from the Blender Module and the patient/Auxiliary Outlet.

4. Briefly operate the Resuscitation Module, and verify that the tank gases are delivered to the system with no blender alarm.

5. Close the tank valves, and let the air or oxygen bleed from the

Resuscitation Module.

6. Toggle the Gas Supply switch to the Off position.

7. Remove the tanks from the cylinder connections.

Checking the Pipeline Supply to the Blender Module (Models

Equipped with Blender Module Only)

1. Connect 50 psi (345 kPa) to the air fitting, the oxygen hose to the manual gas filter/regulator, the manual gas filter/regulator to the oxygen fitting, and the oxygen supply to the oxygen hose.

NOTE:

For the U.K., connect 60 psi (415 kPa) to the air fitting.

2. Set the manual gas filter/regulator to 50 psi (345 kPa), and set the Blender

Module to 60%.

3. Toggle the Gas Supply switch to the On position, and verify that there are no leaks throughout the pneumatic system, except for the normal bleed from the Blender Module and the patient/Auxiliary Outlet.





4. Slowly reduce the oxygen regulator to the 50 psi (345 kPa) supply until the

Blender Module pressure differential alarm sounds. Verify that the alarm sounds when the oxygen supply pressure is 30 psi ± 5 psi (207 kPa ± 34 kPa) below the air supply pressure.

5. For the U.S., adjust the oxygen supply back to 50 psi (345 kPa), and verify that the alarm ceases.

6. For the U.K., adjust the oxygen supply back to 60 psi (415 kPa), and verify that the alarm ceases.


6


Checking the Performance of the Resuscitation Module


Checking the Performance of the Resuscitation Module

Tools required: Oxygen analyzer (Bio-Tek® 1 #74233 or equivalent)

Parts required: (1)

(1)

(1)

67 352 11

67 352 10

67 362 00

Adapter, 15 mm male—¼" barb, plastic

Adapter, 15 mm male—¼" barb, plastic

Hose, corrugated, 13", ventilation circuit

Checking the Oxygen Concentration (Models Equipped with the Blender Module Only)

1. Connect the oxygen analyzer to the patient outlet.

2. When the Blender control is set to 60% , verify that the oxygen concentration level at the patient outlet is 60%.

3. Using the Blender control, verify that the output mixture range of the

Blender Module is adjustable between 20.8% oxygen to 100% oxygen.

4. Set the Resuscitation Module Airway Pressure Relief control knob to the

Max position and the Flow Rate (LPM) control to 5.0 LPM (10.6 scfh).

5. Connect the oxygen analyzer to the patient outlet.

6. Calibrate the analyzer at 100% oxygen.

7. Verify the blender accuracy at the following settings:

• 100% ± 4

• 60% ± 4

• 40% ± 4

• 21% ± 4




Checking the Performance of the Resuscitation Module


Checking the Airway Pressure Gauge (Models without

AutoBreath™ Infant Resuscitator Only)

1. Using the 33 cm (13") corrugated hose and the 15 mm male adapter, connect the patient outlet to the airway pressure gauge input.

2. Adjust the Airway Pressure Relief control knob to the Max position, and the Flow Rate (LPM) control to 5.0 LPM (10.6 scfh). Verify that the airway pressure gauge reads 50 cm H

2

O (5 kPa) ± 8.0 cm H

2

O (0.8 kPa).

Checking the Suction

With the Suction control set to Max and the suction output blocked at the suction jar located in the front of the bassinet assembly, verify that the Suction gauge reads -150 mm Hg ± 15 mm Hg (-80"H

2

O ± 8"H

2

O).

Checking the Supply Switch

Verify that the Supply switch turns the suction completely off and completely on.


6


Preventive Maintenance


Preventive Maintenance

WARNING:

Only facility-authorized personnel should perform preventive maintenance on the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products.

Preventive maintenance performed by unauthorized personnel may result in personal injury or equipment damage.

The Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products require an effective maintenance program. We recommend that you perform quarterly preventive maintenance

(PM) and testing for Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare

Organizations (JCAHO). PM and testing not only meet JCAHO requirements but will help ensure a long, operative life for the Resuscitaire® Radiant

Warmer Products. PM will minimize downtime due to excessive wear.

The following PM schedule guides you through a normal PM procedure on the

Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products. During this PM process, check each item on the schedule, and make the necessary adjustments.

Follow the PM schedule with the corresponding PM checklist. This checklist is designed to keep a running maintenance history and subsequent repair costs for one Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Product. However, your facility can modify this checklist or design another to fit your needs. Two effective ways to reduce downtime and ensure the patient remains comfortable are keeping close records and maintaining the Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Product.





Preventive Maintenance Schedule

Table 6-4. Preventive Maintenance Schedule

Function Procedure

Overall appearance

Visually inspect for signs of damage or deterioration to all outer surfaces,

Controller Module, warmer head, Resuscitation Module, casters, mattress, crib sides and all other features where applicable.

Check the condition and security of all components and no fluid ingress.

Internal visual inspection

Control knobs Make sure that all control knobs turn smoothly.

Gauges Make sure that all gauges read 0 (zero) when the system is off.

Tubes

Hoses

Remove the back cover (refer to procedure 4.1), and inspect for loose or

pinched tubes.

Inspect all hoses for wear and tear every 6 months. Replace as needed or after 6 years.

Inspect for improper seating of the modules.

Modules

AC power cord Examine for damage and check terminations, polarity, strain relief and correct mains fuse rating.

P.C. boards

Skin probe

Examine the condition of components fitted to the PC boards.

Check that the skin probe is available, the sensor head is undamaged, and that the plug and cable are in order.

System calibration

Calibrate the unit:

1. Calibrate the controller assembly (refer to procedure ).

2. Check the DC power requirements (refer to procedure ).

3. Check the leakage current (refer to procedure ).

4. Check the heater head electrical requirements (refer to procedure ).

Blender Module

(option)

5. Test and inspect the unit for leaks on the gas supply

(refer to procedure ).

Test every 6 months, refer to “Blended Gas Supply (Optional)” on page 2-

15. Have the factory calibrate every 2 years.

Function check

To make sure the warmer operates properly, perform the “Function


6





Date

Preventive Maintenance Checklist

Table 6-5. Preventive Maintenance Checklist

Function

Overall appearance

Internal visual inspection

Control knobs

Gauges

Tubes

Hoses

Modules

AC power cord

P.C. boards

Skin probe

System calibration

Blender Module

Function check

Labor Time:

Repair Cost:

Inspected by:



Disposal


Disposal

This device is subject to EU Directive 2002/96/EC (WEEE). It is not registered for use in private households, and may not be disposed of at municipal collection points for waste electrical and electronic equipment.

Dräger Medical has authorized a firm to dispose of this device in the proper manner: for more detailed information, please contact your local Dräger

Medical organization. (Alternatively: further information can be obtained from our national Dräger Medical organization.)

Dräger Medical has authorized a firm to dispose of this device in the proper manner. For more detailed information, please contact your local Dräger

Medical organization; alternatively, further information can be obtained from our national Dräger Medical organization.


6


Disposal


NOTES:



Chapter 7

Accessories

Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products Accessories

For Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products accessories, see table 7-1 on page

7-1.

Part Number

81 900 00

81 900 01

81 900 07

MU

MU11585

MU11586

MU11592

17 AZ 104

17 AZ 204

17 AZ 211

81 001 50

08 131 00

81 001 51

81 001 49

81 001 48

81 001 47

81 001 54

81 001 46

78 170 20

81 300 05

81 300 08

81 300 09

68 209 46

68 209 45

MU02496

MU02501

MU02507

MU10919

MU01905

MU10920

MU10918

MU10917

MU10916

MU10923

MU10915

MU09577

MU11225

MU11228

MU11229

MU06942

MU06941

Table 7-1. Accessories List

Description



Replacement front panel with bassinet, release,

English

Cable assembly, AC power/lock, domestic 10'

Cable assembly, AC power/lock, VDE 10'

Cable assembly, AC power/lock, gray, IEC, 40"

Reusable suction bottle kit (750 ml)

Bottle, 1000 cc, marked “suction,” reusable

Suction bottle, disposable, box of 100, 800 cc

Suction bottle, disposable, box of 20, 800 cc

Suction bottle, micro-volume, disposable, box of 10

Kit, reusable micro-volume suction

Replacement filters and tubing for reusable suction bottle, box of 25

Replacement filter for disposable suction bottle

Mattress assembly, 20.50" x 25.75"

Probe, skin temperature, dual, reusable

Probe 3, skin temperature, dual, disposable, box of

10

Probe 3, skin temperature, dual, disposable, box of

100

Critter Covers® Probe Cover, box of 100

Critter Covers® Probe Cover, carton of 600

Page 7 - 1

7



Resuscitaire® Radiant Warmer Products Accessories

Chapter 7: Accessories

Part Number

68 209 47

68 209 48

81 001 29

81 001 27

81 000 06

81 001 19

MU

MU06943

MU06944

MU10902

MU10900

MU10841

MU10895

81 001 26

67 350 50

68 120 53

68 120 54

81 502 02

81 100 44

82 001 53

81 101 70R

81 101 70L

81 101 11

82 001 54

82 001 52

MU10899

MU04776

MU06562

MU06563

MU11536

MU11101

MU11873

MU11164

MU11163

MU11132

MU11874

MU11872

Description

Cover, probe, Care-For-Me™, large, 100

Cover, probe, Care-For-Me™, standard, 100

Connector, with side port, bag of 25

Breathing circuit for manual bagging, disposable, 25

Breathing circuit, reusable, box of 25

Breathing circuit for use with AutoBreath™ Infant

Resuscitator

Breathing circuit for manual bagging or blowby

Self-inflating resuscitation bag

Neat-Clips, carton of 100, 0.38" diameter

Neat-Clips, carton of 50, 1.00" diameter

Washer, sealing, oxygen/air

Tray, x-ray cassette

IV pole assembly

Instrument tray kit, plastic, right (for RW82 only)

Instrument tray kit, plastic, left (for RW82 only)

Tray, pass-through drawer (for RW82 only)

Monitor shelf assembly, Birthing Room Warmer (for

WBR82 only)

Monitor shelf assembly (for RW82 only)


Manufactured by:

Draeger Medical Infant Care, Inc.

330 Jacksonville Road

Hatboro, PA 19040 USA

USA and Canada Customer Support:

(800) 437-2437 http://www.draegermedical.com

Technical Support: (800) 437-2437

Fax: (215) 721-5782

EC Representative:

Dräger Medical AG & Co. KGaA

Germany

Moislinger Allee 53 - 55

D-23542 Lübeck

Tel: ++49 (451) 882 - 0

Fax: ++49 (451) 882-2080 http://www.draeger.com

Technical Support: ++49 (1805) 372-3437

Fax: ++49 (451) 882-3779

Part number Revisions Date

82 990 45 (MU16506) 2 August 2005

Draeger Medical Infant Care, Inc. reserves the right to make changes without notice in design, specifications, and models. The only warranty Draeger Medical Infant Care, Inc. makes is the express written warranty extended on the sale or rental of its products.

The information in this manual is confidential and may not be disclosed to third parties without the prior written consent of Draeger Medical Infant Care, Inc.

© 2005 by Draeger Medical Infant Care, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.